Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

hinder part before

  • 1 задом наперёд

    2) Architecture: end ways, end wise
    4) Makarov: hinder foremost
    5) Taboo: ass backwards

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > задом наперёд

  • 2 FRAM

    * * *
    adv.
    1) forward; hann féll f. á. fœtr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet; f. rétt, straight on; koma f., to reappear;
    3) on the fore part, in front, opp. to aptr( maðr f., en dýr aptr); aptr ok f., fore and aft, of a ship;
    4) joined with preps. and particles, bíða f. á dag, f. á nótt, to wait far into the day, or night; bíða f. um jól, to wait till after Yule; fyrir lög f., in spite of the law; f. undan eyjunni; off the island;
    5) of time, hversu er f. orðit, how late is it, what time is it? f. orðit dags, late in the day.
    * * *
    adv.—the Icel. has a triple adverbial form, fram, denoting the going to a place (ad locum); frammi, the being in a place (in loco); framan, the going from a place (a loco)—compar. framarr (mod. framar) or fremr, = Goth. framis; superl. framast (framarst) or fremst: proncd. with a double m = framm; and that such was the case in olden times may be seen from Fms. vi. 385 and Skálda 168, 171. This adv. with its compds and derivatives may be said to have been lost in Germ. as well as Engl., and at a very early time. Even Ulf. uses fram as a prep. in the sense of ἀπό, like the A. S. and Engl. from, Swed. från: only in two passages Ulf. uses fram as adv., viz. Rom. xiii. 12, where he renders ‘the night is far spent’ (nóttin er um liðin of the Icel. N. T.) by framis galeiþan, which recalls to mind the Icel. fram-liðinn = deceased, past; and Mark i. 19, where προβαίνειν is rendered by gaggan framis = Icel. ganga framarr or ganga fram; cp. also the Goth. compds fram-gahts = progress, Philipp. i. 25; fram-aldrs = stricken in years; fram-vigis = Icel. fram-vegis; fram-vairþis = further: in O. H. G. vram = ultra still occurs, but is now lost in Germ. as well as in Engl.: the Icel., on the other hand, makes a clear distinction between the prep. frá ( from) and fram, on, forward, = Gr. πρόσω, Lat. porro, pro-; in some compds the sense from appears, e. g. framandi, a stranger,—Ulf. framaþeis, prop. one who is far off or from far off; so also fram-liðinn, gone, past; ganga fram, to die.
    A. fram, forward, (opp. to aptr, backward); aðra leið aptr en fram, 655 xxxii. 18; hann féll fram á fætr konungi, he fell forward on his face at the king’s feet, Eg. 92; stefna fram ( to go on) hina neðri leið, 582; brautin liggr þar fram í milli, id.; cf þeir vilja fram, or, fram á leið, forward, Sks. 483; fram rétt, straight on, Fms. ii. 273, v. l.; fram, fram! on, on! a war cry, Ó. H. 215: koma fram, to reappear, arrive, after being long unheard of; hann kom fram í Danmörku, Fms. i. 62; hann kom fram í kaupstað þeim er …, Ísl. ii. 332; ok kómu þar fram, er Kirjálar vóru á fjalli, Eg. 58: the phrase, fram í ættir, in a far or distant degree (of relationship), 343: people in Icel. in the 14th century used to say, fram til Noregs, up to Norway (cp. up to London), Dipl. ii. 15, 16.
    II. fram is generally applied to any motion outwards or towards the open, opp. to inn, innar; thus fram denotes the outer point of a ness, fram á nes; Icel. also say, fram á sjó, towards the high sea, (but upp or inn at landi, landwards); also, towards the verge of a cliff or the like, fram á hamarinn (bergit), Eg. 583: when used of a house fram means towards the door, thus, fara fram í dyr (eldhús), but inn or innar í baðstofu (hence fram-bær), var hón ávalt borin fram ok innar, she was borne in a litter out and in, Bs. i. 343: of a bed or chair fram denotes the outside, the side farthest from the wall, horfir hón til þils, en bóndi fram, she turned her face to the wall, but her husband away from it, Vígl. 31.
    β. again, Icel. say, fram á dal, up dale, opp. to ofan dalinn, down dale.
    III. without motion, the fore part, opp. to aptr, hinder part (cp. fram-fætr); aptr krókr en fram sem sporðr, Fms. ii. 179; maðr fram en dýr aptr (of a centaur), 673. 2, Sks. 179; aptr ok fram, fore and aft, of a ship, Fms. ix. 310.
    IV. joined with prepp. or particles, Lat. usque; bíða fram á dag, fram á nótt, fram í myrkr, to wait far into the day, night, darkness, Bs. ii. 145; bíða fram yfir, er fram um Jól, etc., to bide till after Yule; um fram, past over; sitja um þat fram er markaðrinn stóð, to stay till the fair is past, Fb. i. 124; fram um hamarinn (bergit), to pass the cliff, Eg. 582; ríða um fram, to ride past or to miss, Nj. 264, mod. fram hjá, cp. Germ. vorbei:—metaph., vera um fram e-n, above, surpassingly; um fram aðra menn, Fb. i. 91, Fms. vi. 58, passim; um alla hluti fram, above all things: yfir alla hluti fram, id., Stj. 7: besides, Sks. 41 new Ed.: fyrir lög fram, in spite of the law, Fms. iii. 157; fyrir rétt fram, 655 xx. 4; fyrir lof fram, without leave, Grág. i. 326; fyrir þat fram, but for that, ii. 99: the phrase, fyrir alla hluti fram, above all things, 623. 19.
    β. temp., fyrir fram means beforehand, Germ. voraus; vita, segja fyrir fram, to know, tell beforehand, Germ. voraus-sagen.
    γ. fram undan, projecting, stretching forward; fram undan eyjunni, Fms. ii. 305.
    δ. the phrase, fram, or more usually fram-orðit, of time, hvað er fram-orðit, how late is it? i. e. what is the time? Ld. 224; þá var fram-orðit, it was late in the day, Clem. 51; þá er fram var orðit, 623. 30: dropping ‘orðit,’ þeir vissu eigi hvat fram var (qs. fram orðit), they did not know the time of day, K. Þ. K. 90: with gen., fram-orðit dags, late in the day, Fms. xi. 10, Ld. 174; áfram, on forward, q. v.
    V. with verbs,
    α. denoting motion, like pro- in Latin, thus, ganga, koma, sækja, falla, fljóta, renna, líða, fara … fram, to go, come, flow, fare … forward, Eg. 136, Fms. ii. 56, Jb. 75, passim: of time, líða fram, Bs. ii. 152 (fram-liðinn).
    β. rétta, halda fram, to stretch, hold forth, Nj. 3; flytja, bera, draga, leiða, færa, selja, setja fram, to bring … forward, Sks. 567; leggja fram, to ‘lay forth,’ discharge, Fms. v. 293, Nj. 3, 11; bjóða fram, to offer; eggja, hvetja fram, to egg on; segja fram, to pronounce; standa, lúta fram, etc.
    γ. sjá, horfa, stökkva … fram fyrir sik, to look, jump forward, opp. to aptr fyrir sik, Nj. 29:—impers., e-m fer fram, to grow, make progress; skara fram úr, to stand out.
    B. frammi, (for the pronunciation with a double m vide Skálda 169,) denotes in or on a place, without motion, and is formed in the same way as uppi from upp, niðri from niðr; Icel. thus say, ganga fram, niðr, upp, to go on, go down, go up; but vera frammi, niðri, uppi, to be in, etc.; if followed by a vowel, the final i may be dropt, thus, vera frammi á dal, or framm’ á dal, Hrafn. 6; sitja framm’ fyrir hásæti (= frammi fyrir), Ó. H. 5; just as one may say, vera niðr’ á (qs. niðri á) engjum, upp’ á (= uppi á) fjalli: as to direction, all that is said of fram also applies to frammi, only that frammi can but denote the being in a place; Icel. thus say, frammi á dal in a dale, frammi í dyrum in-doors, frammi á fjalli on a fell, frammi á gólfi on the floor, frammi á sjó, etc.; þeir Leitr sitja frammi í húsum, Fær. 181, cp. also Hrafn. 1; sitja (standa) frammi fyrir e-m, to sit ( stand) before one’s face, Hkr. ii. 81.
    II. metaph. the phrase, hafa e-t frammi, to perform a thing, Nj. 232, Sks. 161: to use, shew, in a bad sense, of an insult, threatening, or the like; hafa þeir f. mikil-mæli ok heita afarkostum, Hkr. i. 191: the particle í is freq. prefixed, hafa í frammi, (not á frammi as áfram, q. v.); svá fremi skaltú rógit í frammi hafa, Nj. 166; þarftú þá fleira í frammi at hafa en stóryrði ein ok dramblæti, Fas. i. 37; hafðú í frammi kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215: to exercise, Bs. i. 852; hafa f. ípróttir, Fms. ix. 8 (rare); láta, leggja f., to contribute, produce, Fas. iii. 118, Fms. vi. 211.
    C. framan, from the front side; framan at borðinu, to the front of the table, Fb. ii. 302; framan at e-u, in the face or front of (opp. to aptan að, from behind); skaltú róa at framan borðum skútunnar, thou shall row towards the boards of the boat, of one boat trying to reach another, Háv. 46; taka framan af e-u, to take ( cut) from the fore part, Od. xiv. 474; framan á skipinu, the fore part of the ship, Fms. ii. 179; framan um stafninn, vi. 78.
    β. temp., framan af sumri, vetri, hausti, váti, the beginning, first part of summer …; also simply framan af, in the beginning.
    γ. of the fore part of the body; nokkut hafit upp framan nefit, Ld. 272; réttnefjaðr ok hafit upp í framan-vert, a straight nose and prominent at the tip, Nj. 29; framan á brjóstið, on the breast; framan í andlitið, in the face; framan á knén, í stálhúfuna framan, Fms. viii. 337; framan á þjóhnappana, Sturl. i. 14 (better aptan á).
    δ. with the prep. í preceding; í framan, adv. in the face; rjóðr í framan, red in the face; fölr í framan, pale-faced, etc., freq. in mod. use.
    2. fyrir framan, before, in front of, with acc. (opp. to fyrir aptan, behind); fyrir framan slána, Nj. 45; fyrir framan hendr honum, 60; fyrir framan hamarinn, Eg. 583; fyrir framan merki, Fms. i. 27, ii. 84: as adv., menn stóðu með vápnum fyrir framan þar sem Flosi sat, before F. ‘s seat, Nj. 220; þá var skotið aptr lokhvílunni ok sett á hespa fyrir framan, Fms. ii. 84: að framan, above.
    3. as framan is prop. an adv. from the place, Icel. also say, koma framan af dal, framan af nesi, framan ór dyrum, etc., to come down the dale, etc., vide fram above.
    4. ‘framan til’ in a temp. sense, up to, until; nú líðr til þings framan, it drew near to the time of parliament, Nj. 12; líðr nú til þings framan, Ld. 88; leið nú framan til Jóla, Ísl. ii. 42; framan til Páska, Stj. 148; framan til vetrnátta, D. N.; framan til þess er hann átti við Glám, Grett. 155; framan til Leiðar, Anal. 172; frá upphafi heims framan, from the beginning of the world, Ver. 1; in mod. usage simply fram in all such instances.
    D. Compar. framarr, farther on; superl. framast, fremst, farthest on:
    1. loc., feti framarr, a step farther on, Lv. 59; þar er þeir koma framast, the farthest point they can reach, Grág. i. 111; þar sem hann kömr framast, 497; hvar hann kom framarst, Fms. xi. 416; svá kómu þeir fremst at þeir unnu þá borg, i. 114; þeir eru mest til þess nefndir at framast ( foremost) hafi verit, Ísl. ii. 368; þeir er fremst vóru, Fms. v. 78.
    2. temp. farthest back; er ek fremst um man, Vsp. 1; hvat þú fyrst um mant eða fremst um veizt, Vþm. 34; frá því ek má fremst muna, Dipl. v. 25.
    II. metaph. farther, more, superl. farthest, most; erat hann framarr skyldr sakráða við menn, Grág. i. 11; nema vér reynim oss framarr, Fær. 75; meta, hvárra þörf oss litisk framarr ganga, whose claim appeared to us the strongest, Dipl. ii. 5.
    β. with dat., venju framarr, more than usual; því framarr sem, all the more, Fms. i. 184.
    γ. with ‘en’ following; framar en, farther than, more than; mun hér því ( therefore) framarr leitað en hvarvetna annars-staðar, Fms. i. 213; at ganga framarr á hendr Þorleiki en mitt leyfi er til, Ld. 154; hversu Þorólfr var framarr en ek, Eg. 112; framarr er hann en ek, he is better than I, Nj. 3; sókn framarr ( rather) en vörn, 236; framarr en ( farther than) nú er skilt, Js. 48; því at hann væri framarr en aðrir menn at sér, better than other men, Mar. 25.
    2. superl., svá sem sá er framast ( foremost) elskaði, Fs. 80; svá sem framast má, 655 xi. 2; sem Guð lér honum framast vit til, Js. 5: with gen., konungr virði hann framast allra sona sinna, Fms. i. 6; at Haraldr væri framast þeirra bræðra, 59; framast þeirra at allri sæmd, viii. 272.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FRAM

  • 3 पर _para

    पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optional- ly like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position)
    1 Other, differ- ent, another; see पर m also.
    -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4.
    -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158.
    -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31.
    -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42.
    -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27.
    -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.).
    -8 Alien, estranged, stranger.
    -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse,
    -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred.
    -11 Final, last.
    -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest ob- ject, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c.
    -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also.
    -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21.
    -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8.
    -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point.
    -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16.
    -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19.
    -4 The secondary meaning of a word.
    -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट).
    -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-- The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbi- ally; e. g. (a) परम्
    1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17.
    -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c.
    -3 thereupon, there- after.
    -4 but, however.
    -5 otherwise.
    -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c.
    -7 most willingly.
    -8 only.
    -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण
    1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2.
    -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49.
    -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे
    1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73.
    -2 in future.
    -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body.
    -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11.
    -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia.
    -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness.
    -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119.
    -अन्तः final death. (
    -ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people.
    -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a frontier.
    -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6.
    -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (
    -न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12.
    1 far and near, remote and proximate.
    -2 prior and posterior.
    -3 before and beyond, earlier and later.
    -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (
    -रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (
    -रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with 1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8.
    -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1.
    -अमृतम् rain.
    1 attached or devoted to, adhering to.
    -2 depending on, subject to.
    -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c.
    -4 connected with.
    -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4.
    -6 leading or conducive to.
    -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12.
    -2 essence, sum.
    -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit.
    -4 firm devotion.
    -5 a universal medicine, panacea.
    -6 a religious order.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having another aim or meaning.
    -2 intended or designed for another, done for another.
    (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advan- tage.
    -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29.
    -3 the chief or highest meaning.
    -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse).
    -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9.
    -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3.
    -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute.
    -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (
    -र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another.
    -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6.
    -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S.
    -अर्धक a. One half of anything.
    -अर्ध्य a.
    1 being on the farther side or half.
    -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br.
    -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45.
    -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1.
    -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58.
    -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64.
    (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum.
    -2 an infinite number.
    1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23.
    -2 earlier and later.
    -3 prior and posterior or subsequent.
    -4 higher and lower.
    -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15.
    -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (
    -रा) descendants.
    (-रम्) 1 cause and effect.
    -2 the whole extent of an idea.
    -3 the universe.
    -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5.
    -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12.
    -अहः the next day.
    -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day.
    -आगमः attack of an enemy.
    -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (
    -तः) a slave.
    -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit.
    -आयत्त a.
    1 depend- ent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4.
    -2 Wholly subdued or over- whelmed by.
    -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12.
    -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -आश्रय a. dependent upon another.
    (-यः) 1 dependence upon another.
    -2 the retreat of enemies. (
    -या) a plant growing on another tree.
    -आसङ्गः dependence upon another.
    -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber.
    1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind.
    -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14.
    -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -इष्टिः N. of Brahman.
    -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved.
    -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity.
    -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo.
    -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्.
    -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others.
    -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13.
    -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्.
    -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy.
    -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging.
    -ऊढा another's wife.
    -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another.
    (-तः) 1 a servant.
    -2 the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant.
    -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116.
    -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art).
    -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1.
    -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः
    1 a benevolent man.
    -2 a slave, servant.
    -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later.
    -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26.
    -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants.
    -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic.
    -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body.
    -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49.
    -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175.
    -गामिन् a.
    1 being with another.
    -2 relating to another.
    -3 beneficial to another.
    -गुण a. beneficial to another. (
    -णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78.
    -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articu- lation.
    -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3.
    -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy.
    -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v.
    -3 a hostile prince.
    -छन्द a. dependent.
    (-दः) 1 the will of another.
    -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another.
    -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another.
    -ज a.
    1 stranger.
    -2 coming from a foe.
    -3 inferior.
    -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9.
    -जन्मन् n. a future birth.
    -जात a.
    1 born of another.
    -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (
    -तः) a servant.
    -जित a.
    1 conquered by another.
    -2 main- tained by another. (
    -तः) the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient.
    -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्).
    -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bib- liotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक.
    -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife.
    -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect.
    -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery.
    -दारिन् m. an adulterer.
    -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13.
    -देवता the Supreme Being.
    -देशः a hostile or foreign country.
    -देशिन् m. a foreigner.
    -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical.
    -धनम् another's property.
    -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35.
    -2 another's duty or business.
    -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97.
    -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P.
    -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c.
    -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.).
    -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy.
    -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence.
    -2 final beati- tude.
    -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22.
    -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3.
    -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others.
    -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house.
    -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥
    -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112.
    -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh.
    -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero.
    -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu.
    -3 the hus- band of another woman.
    -पुष्ट a.
    1 fed or nourished by another.
    -2 Stranger. (
    -ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree.
    -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -2 a parasitical plant.
    -3 a harlot, prostitute.
    -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163.
    -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son.
    -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ).
    -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave.
    -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7).
    -भागः 1 another's share.
    -2 superior merit.
    -3 good fortune, prosperity.
    -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15.
    -5 the last part, remainder.
    -भाव a. loving another.
    -भावः the being second member in a compound.
    -भाषा a foreign tongue.
    -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P.
    -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words).
    -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo).
    -भृत a. nourished by another.
    -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nouri- shed by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1.
    -भतम् 1 another's opinion.
    -2 dif- ferent opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy.
    -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another.
    -मृत्युः a crow.
    -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18.
    -लोकः the next (or fur- ture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38.
    -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, depen- dent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्.
    -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3.
    -वाणिः 1 a judge.
    -2 a year.
    -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya.
    -वादः 1 rumour, report.
    -2 Objection, controversy.
    -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist.
    -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being.
    -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra.
    -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1.
    -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow.
    -संगत a.
    1 asso- ciated with another.
    -2 fighting with another.
    -संज्ञकः the soul.
    -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.).
    -सात् ind. into the hands of an- other. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage.
    -सेवा service of another.
    -स्त्री another's wife.
    -स्वम् another's pro- perty; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property.
    -हन् a. killing enemies.
    -हित a.
    1 benevolent.
    -2 profitable to another.
    -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > पर _para

  • 4 κωλύω

    κωλύω, [tense] fut. - ύσω Ar.Nu. 1448: [tense] aor.
    A

    ἐκώλῡσα E.Alc. 897

     (anap.), Pl.Mx. 244c; [tense] pf.

    κεκώλῡκα Din.1.101

    , Phld.Rh.2.63 S.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    κωλυθήσομαι LXX Si.20.2(1)

    , Luc.VH2.25: also in med. form - ύσομαι Th.1.142: [tense] aor.

    ἐκωλύθην Id.2.64

    , etc.: [tense] pf. κεκώλῡμαι ib.37. [[pron. full] ῡ always before a conson.: common before a vowel,

    κωλῡόμεσθα E. Ion 391

    ,

    κωλῡέτω Id.Ph. 990

    , κωλῠεν Pi.P.4.33,

    κώλῠει Alc.55

     ( = Sapph.22 Lobel), Ar.Eq. (v.infr.), Fr. 100, Anaxil.25, Men.Epit.10.]:—hinder, prevent:—Constr.:
    1 c. acc. et inf.,

    κ. ἐκρέειν τὸν Νεῖλον Hdt. 2.20

    ; κώλυεν [μιν] μεῖναι Pi.l.c.; τί δῆτα καὶ σὲ κωλύει < λαβεῖν> κέρδος; E.Fr. 794, cf. IT 507, etc.;

    ὅς σε κ. τὸ δρᾶν S.Ph. 1241

    ;

    φεύγειν οὐδεὶς κ. νόμος D.23.52

    : with neg. added (rare in [dialect] Att. Prose),

    κ. τινὰ μὴ θανεῖν E.Ph. 1268

    ;

    μὴ προσεύχεσθαι X.HG3.2.22

    , etc.:— [voice] Pass.,

    χρημάτων σπάνει Th.1.142

    ; τοῦ ὕδατος πιεῖν from drinking the water, Pl.R. 621b;

    κωλυόμεσθα μὴ μαθεῖν E. Ion 391

    ;

    μὴ οὐ πονηρὸν εἶναι D.H.2.3

    .
    b rarely c. part. pro inf.,

    κ. τινὰ πόλεμον εἰσάγοντα Id.7.25

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    μὴ κωλύωνται περαιούμενοι Th.1.26

    .
    c with relat. clause, κωλύειν εἴ τις ἐπαγγέλλεται, = τινὰ μὴ ἐπαγγέλλεσθαι, D.4.15; ἐκωλύσαμεν, ἵνα γένησθε .. J.BJ6.6.2.
    2 c. gen. rei, κ. τινά τινος hinder one from a thing, X.HG3.2.21, An.1.6.2, etc.;

    κ. τινὰ ἀπό τινος Id.Cyr.1.3.11

    , 3.3.51:—[voice] Pass.,

    τῆς ὁρμῆς ἐκωλύθησαν Plb.6.55.3

    .
    3 c. acc. rei, prevent, E.IA 1390 (troch.), X.An.4.2.24:—[voice] Pass.,

    ἐν τούτῳ κεκωλῦσθαι ἐδόκει τὰ πράγματα Th. 2.8

    , cf. 4.14;

    ταῦτα.. μὴ ἐν ὑμῖν κωλυθῇ Id.2.64

    ; μηδὲ.. δαπάνῃ κεκωλύσθω let there be no hindrance by reason of expense, Id.1.129.
    b withhold,

    τι ἀπό τινος LXX Ge.23.6

    , Ev.Luc.6.29.
    4 c. acc. pers., hinder, Th.1.35;

    τοὺς δρῶντας μοχθηρά Arist.EN 1113b26

    .
    5 abs.,

    οὐδ' ὁ κωλύσων παρῆν S.Ant. 261

    , cf. El. 1197;

    εἴσ' οἳ κωλύουσιν Ar. Pax 499

    ; of the tribune's intercessio, Plu.TG10; τὸ κωλῦον hindrance, X.An.4.5.20, D.1.12: freq. an inf. may be supplied, εἶτα τίς σε κωλύει (sc. γεωργεῖν); Ar.Fr. 100; αὐτοὶ ὠφελούμενοι τοὺς πολεμίους κωλύσετε [ὠφελεῖσθαι] Th.6.91, cf. 2.37 ([voice] Pass.).
    6 freq. in 3 pers., οὐδὲν κωλύει there is nothing to hinder, c. acc. et inf.,

    ὁμόψηφον τὸν Ἀργεῖον εἶναι κ. οὐδέν Hdt.7.149

    ;

    οὐδέν σε κωλύσει σεαυτὸν ἐμβαλεῖν ἐς τὸ βάραθρον Ar.Nu. 1448

    , cf. Pl.Phdr. 268e;

    ὃν διαμάττειν οὐ κ. Ar.Av. 463

    ; τί κ. ἡμᾶς διελθεῖν; Pl.Tht. 143a, etc.; οὐδὲν κ., abs., as a form of assent, be it so, Ar.Eq. 723, 972, Pl.Euthd. 272d, etc.; τί γὰρ κ.; Id.Euthphr.9d, cf. Plt. 292a, al.;

    τό γ' ἐμὸν οὐδὲν κ. Id.Grg. 458d

    ;

    μὴ τὸ σὸν κωλυέτω E.Ph. 990

    ;

    οὐ τἀμὰ κωλύσει Plu.2.151c

    , etc.; οὔτε ἐκεῖνο κωλύει ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς neither is that any hindrance, Th.1.144 (wrongly expld. as = κωλύεται by D.H.Amm.2.7); οὔτε μίαν δυοῖν τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι κ. nor is there any hindrance to one of two being the same, Arist.Ph. 202b9.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κωλύω

  • 5 presentar

    v.
    1 to present.
    Ella presenta soluciones She presents solutions.
    Ella le presenta a Ricardo un regalo She presents Richard a gift.
    Ellos presentan a los candidatos They present=field the candidates.
    2 to make (ofrecer) (disculpas, excusas).
    3 to introduce (person).
    me presentó a sus amigos she introduced me to her friends
    me parece que no nos han presentado I don't think we've been introduced
    Juan, te presento a Carmen Juan, this is Carmen
    permítame que le presente a nuestra directora allow me to introduce you to our manager, I'd like you to meet our manager
    Ella presenta a los invitados She introduces the guests.
    4 to have, to show (tener) (aspecto).
    presenta difícil solución it's going to be difficult to solve
    Ella le presenta al público una obra She shows the public a play.
    5 to host, to be the host of, to act as a compere for, to compere.
    Ella presenta el programa She hosts the program.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to present; (mostrar) to show
    2 (entregar) to hand in
    3 (sacar al mercado) to launch
    4 (personas) to introduce
    ■ ¿te han presentado ya? have you been introduced yet?
    5 TELEVISIÓN to present
    6 (ofrecer) to offer, show
    1 (comparecer) to turn up
    2 (para elección) to stand; (en un concurso) to enter
    \
    presentar una denuncia to lodge a complaint
    presentar una ponencia to present a paper
    * * *
    verb
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=enseñar, exponer) [gen] to present; [+ moción, candidato] to propose, put forward; [+ pruebas, informe] to submit; [+ documento, pasaporte] to show

    presentar una propuesta — to make o present a proposal

    presentar algo al cobro o al pago — (Com) to present sth for payment

    2) (=entregar) to hand in

    presentó la dimisión — he handed in his resignation, he resigned

    3) (=mostrar) [+ señal, síntoma] to show
    4) (=exponer al público) [+ producto, disco, libro] to launch
    5) [en espectáculo] [+ obra] to perform; [+ actor, actriz] to present, feature
    6) (=ser presentador de) [+ programa televisivo] to present, host

    J. Pérez presenta el programa — the programme is presented o hosted by J. Pérez

    ¿quién presenta ahora las noticias de las nueve? — who presents o reads the nine o'clock news now?

    7) (=tener) to have
    8) [+ persona] to introduce

    a ver si te presento a mi amiga Jacinta — you must meet my friend Jacinta, I must introduce you to my friend Jacinta

    ser presentada en sociedad — to come out, make one's début

    9) (=ofrecer) [+ disculpa] to offer, make

    le presento mis consideraciones — [en carta] yours faithfully

    10) (Mil)

    presentar batalla — (lit) to draw up in battle array; (fig) to offer resistance

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( mostrar) to present
    b) ( exponer por primera vez) <libro/disco> to launch; < obra de arte> to present; < colección de moda> to present, exhibit
    c) ( entregar) <informe/solicitud> to submit

    le presenté el pasaporte — I gave him my passport, I presented my passport to him

    d) ( enseñar) to show
    e) <disculpas/excusas> to make; < dimisión> to hand in, submit; < queja> to file, make

    presentaron una denuncia — they reported the matter (to the police), they made an official complaint

    f) (Mil)
    2) (TV) < programa> to present, introduce
    3) < persona> to introduce

    te presento a mi hermana — I'd like you to meet my sister, this is my sister

    4) <novedad/ventaja> to offer; < síntoma> to show
    2.
    presentarse v pron
    1)
    a) ( en lugar) to turn up, appear
    b) (a concurso, examen)

    se presentó al examen — she took o (BrE) sat the exam

    se presenta como candidato independiente — he's running (AmE) o (BrE) he's standing as an independent

    2) dificultad/problema to arise, come up, crop up (colloq)

    si se me presenta la oportunidad — if I get the opportunity, if the opportunity arises

    3) ( darse a conocer) to introduce oneself
    * * *
    = bring to + the attention, display, draw, exhibit, expose, feature, introduce, open up, pose, present, provide with, set out, subject, throw up, render, put before, produce, table, submit, unveil, showcase, surrender, lay out, roll out, construct, tender, come up with, report, bring forward, deliver.
    Ex. Many displays are changed from time to time (for example, once a week, or once a month) so that various sections of the stock may be brought to the attention of the library's public over a period of time.
    Ex. The command function 'DISPLAY' is used to display a list of alphabetically linked terms.
    Ex. For example, when setting up the format for records in a data base, the user can draw a form on the screen, complete with headings for each field, and then, the data is entered into the form.
    Ex. These headings, therefore, in addition to exhibiting a bias in favor of the majority, actively hinder access.
    Ex. The reputation of the information and its authority will be more exposed to examination.
    Ex. Other catalogues and bibliographies only feature added entries under title where it is deemed that the author main entry heading is not likely to be obvious to the users.
    Ex. The report introduced a range of ideas which have influenced subsequent code construction.
    Ex. Here is a key paper by a non librarian which opens up a new and constructive approach to library purpose.
    Ex. This illustrates the puzzle that differential policies pose for users.
    Ex. Informative abstract present as much as possible of the quantitative or qualitative information contained in a document.
    Ex. Many libraries provide users with photocopies of contents pages of selected journals.
    Ex. A short score is a sketch made by a composer for an ensemble work, with the main features of the composition set out on a few staves.
    Ex. Author abstracts are the abstracts prepared by authors of the document that has been subjected to abstracting.
    Ex. Demands from clients will often throw up an occurrence of similar problems, revealing perhaps the operation of an injustice, the lack of an amenity in the neighbourhood, or simply bureaucratic inefficiency.
    Ex. The eventuality is, admittedly, remote but it is also necessary to render the imprint statement in this amount of detail.
    Ex. The art of documentation is the process by which the documentalist is enabled to put before the creative specialist the existing literature bearing on the subject of his investigation.
    Ex. The perfect librarian may be defined as one who produces the information a reader requires as soon as the reader asks for it.
    Ex. This list indicates the dates the reports were tabled and any further action take.
    Ex. Most publications are probably free distribution material and whilst that does not absolve the publishers from the obligation of legal deposit it is probable that many local authorities do not submit their materials.
    Ex. Here is an institution which knows, neither rank nor wealth within its walls, which stops the ignorant peer or the ignorant monarch at its threshold, and declines to unveil to him its treasures, or to waste time upon him, and yet welcomes the workman according to his knowledge or thirst for knowledge.
    Ex. Officially known as SOLEX, this exhibition showcases mainly IT based products for the legal profession.
    Ex. The book's date label is stamped in the usual way, and the reader must surrender one token for each book he is borrowing.
    Ex. There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.
    Ex. I don't need to tell those of you from higher education institutions how course management systems are starting to really proliferate and roll out in higher education.
    Ex. It is argued that newspaper reporting of bigamy constructs bigamists as being a threat to the institution of marriage.
    Ex. This address was tendered at the State Library of Victoria, Nov 88, to mark the retirement of Professor Jean Whyte.
    Ex. Derfer corroborated her: 'I'd be very proud of you if you could come up with the means to draft a model collection development policy'.
    Ex. Criticism is not appropriate in a style which aims to report, but not comment upon the content of the original document.
    Ex. They also intend to bring forward legislation to provide that the maximum amount of compensation should be £500,000.
    Ex. The result could be termed a full-provision data base -- a data base including both text and reference, and delivering much more than the 2 added together.
    ----
    * argumento que presenta sólo un punto de vista = one-sided argument.
    * oportunidad + presentarse = opportunity + knock, opportunity + present + Reflexivo.
    * presentar Algo desde una nueva óptica = throw + Nombre + in a new light, throw + new light on.
    * presentar Algo desde un nuevo ángulo = throw + new light on.
    * presentar argumentos a favor = make + a case for.
    * presentar argumentos a favor de = present + arguments in favour of.
    * presentar como = make + Nombre + out to be.
    * presentar conclusiones = provide + conclusions.
    * presentar conocimiento = package + knowledge.
    * presentar deficiencias = fall + short.
    * presentar de manera esquemática = give + overview.
    * presentar dentro de = package.
    * presentar Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on, throw + new light on.
    * presentar detalladamente = spread out.
    * presentar dificultad = present + difficulty.
    * presentar en forma de tabla = tabulate.
    * presentar en pantalla = call up, print + online, bring up, screen.
    * presentar evidencia a favor de = present + case for.
    * presentar información = submit + information, package + information.
    * presentar información de varios modos = repackage + information.
    * presentar la evolución de Algo = chart + the history.
    * presentar la oportunidad = allow + the opportunity to.
    * presentar las pruebas ante = lay + evidence before.
    * presentar peligro = present + danger.
    * presentar + Posesivo + respetos = pay + Posesivo + respects.
    * presentar posibilidades = present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.
    * presentar problemas = present + problems.
    * presentar pruebas = give + evidence.
    * presentar resultados = report + findings, report + results.
    * presentar reto = defy.
    * presentarse = come in, manifest + Reflexivo, turn up, show up, unfold, come forward, come with.
    * presentarse a = stand for.
    * presentarse a una elección = stand for + election, run for + election.
    * presentarse desde una nueva perspectiva = stand in + a new light.
    * presentar (según) = cast (in/into).
    * presentarse una ocasión = occasion + arise.
    * presentar similitudes = share + similarities.
    * presentar una amenaza = pose + threat.
    * presentar una comunicación = deliver + paper, give + paper, present + paper.
    * presentar una contribución = present + contribution.
    * presentar una demanda = file + suit against, file + lawsuit against.
    * presentar una demanda judicial = take + legal action, take + legal proceedings.
    * presentar una denuncia = file + police report.
    * presentar una factura = submit + bill.
    * presentar una idea = make + point, put forward + idea, offer + perspective, present + idea.
    * presentar una imagen = present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image.
    * presentar una oportunidad = afford + opportunity.
    * presentar una petición = submit + petition.
    * presentar una ponencia = give + paper, read + paper.
    * presentar una propuesta = submit + proposal.
    * presentar una queja = register + complaint, lodge + complaint, file + complaint, file + grievance.
    * presentar una reclamación = enter + complaint, place + claim, file + complaint.
    * presentar un argumento = advance + argument.
    * presentar una solicitud = submit + application.
    * presentar un aspecto = present + a picture.
    * presentar un aspecto de = wear + a look of.
    * presentar una visión = present + a picture.
    * presentar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.
    * presentar un buen aspecto = look + good.
    * presentar un dilema = present + dilemma.
    * presentar un frente común = present + common front.
    * presentar un informe = give + a report, present + report.
    * presentar un obstáculo = pose + obstacle.
    * presentar un peligro = pose + danger.
    * presentar un problema = pose + problem, air + problem.
    * presentar un programa = present + programme.
    * presentar un proyecto = submit + project, present + project.
    * presentar un resumen = give + summary.
    * presentar un reto = present + challenge, provide + challenge.
    * presentar un riesgo = pose + risk.
    * presentar vestigios de = bear + traces of.
    * seleccionar y presentar en un documento = package.
    * volver a presentar = resubmit [re-submit].
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( mostrar) to present
    b) ( exponer por primera vez) <libro/disco> to launch; < obra de arte> to present; < colección de moda> to present, exhibit
    c) ( entregar) <informe/solicitud> to submit

    le presenté el pasaporte — I gave him my passport, I presented my passport to him

    d) ( enseñar) to show
    e) <disculpas/excusas> to make; < dimisión> to hand in, submit; < queja> to file, make

    presentaron una denuncia — they reported the matter (to the police), they made an official complaint

    f) (Mil)
    2) (TV) < programa> to present, introduce
    3) < persona> to introduce

    te presento a mi hermana — I'd like you to meet my sister, this is my sister

    4) <novedad/ventaja> to offer; < síntoma> to show
    2.
    presentarse v pron
    1)
    a) ( en lugar) to turn up, appear
    b) (a concurso, examen)

    se presentó al examen — she took o (BrE) sat the exam

    se presenta como candidato independiente — he's running (AmE) o (BrE) he's standing as an independent

    2) dificultad/problema to arise, come up, crop up (colloq)

    si se me presenta la oportunidad — if I get the opportunity, if the opportunity arises

    3) ( darse a conocer) to introduce oneself
    * * *
    presentar (según)
    (v.) = cast (in/into)

    Ex: Which of the following subject analyses is cast in the citation order PMEST?.

    = bring to + the attention, display, draw, exhibit, expose, feature, introduce, open up, pose, present, provide with, set out, subject, throw up, render, put before, produce, table, submit, unveil, showcase, surrender, lay out, roll out, construct, tender, come up with, report, bring forward, deliver.

    Ex: Many displays are changed from time to time (for example, once a week, or once a month) so that various sections of the stock may be brought to the attention of the library's public over a period of time.

    Ex: The command function 'DISPLAY' is used to display a list of alphabetically linked terms.
    Ex: For example, when setting up the format for records in a data base, the user can draw a form on the screen, complete with headings for each field, and then, the data is entered into the form.
    Ex: These headings, therefore, in addition to exhibiting a bias in favor of the majority, actively hinder access.
    Ex: The reputation of the information and its authority will be more exposed to examination.
    Ex: Other catalogues and bibliographies only feature added entries under title where it is deemed that the author main entry heading is not likely to be obvious to the users.
    Ex: The report introduced a range of ideas which have influenced subsequent code construction.
    Ex: Here is a key paper by a non librarian which opens up a new and constructive approach to library purpose.
    Ex: This illustrates the puzzle that differential policies pose for users.
    Ex: Informative abstract present as much as possible of the quantitative or qualitative information contained in a document.
    Ex: Many libraries provide users with photocopies of contents pages of selected journals.
    Ex: A short score is a sketch made by a composer for an ensemble work, with the main features of the composition set out on a few staves.
    Ex: Author abstracts are the abstracts prepared by authors of the document that has been subjected to abstracting.
    Ex: Demands from clients will often throw up an occurrence of similar problems, revealing perhaps the operation of an injustice, the lack of an amenity in the neighbourhood, or simply bureaucratic inefficiency.
    Ex: The eventuality is, admittedly, remote but it is also necessary to render the imprint statement in this amount of detail.
    Ex: The art of documentation is the process by which the documentalist is enabled to put before the creative specialist the existing literature bearing on the subject of his investigation.
    Ex: The perfect librarian may be defined as one who produces the information a reader requires as soon as the reader asks for it.
    Ex: This list indicates the dates the reports were tabled and any further action take.
    Ex: Most publications are probably free distribution material and whilst that does not absolve the publishers from the obligation of legal deposit it is probable that many local authorities do not submit their materials.
    Ex: Here is an institution which knows, neither rank nor wealth within its walls, which stops the ignorant peer or the ignorant monarch at its threshold, and declines to unveil to him its treasures, or to waste time upon him, and yet welcomes the workman according to his knowledge or thirst for knowledge.
    Ex: Officially known as SOLEX, this exhibition showcases mainly IT based products for the legal profession.
    Ex: The book's date label is stamped in the usual way, and the reader must surrender one token for each book he is borrowing.
    Ex: There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.
    Ex: I don't need to tell those of you from higher education institutions how course management systems are starting to really proliferate and roll out in higher education.
    Ex: It is argued that newspaper reporting of bigamy constructs bigamists as being a threat to the institution of marriage.
    Ex: This address was tendered at the State Library of Victoria, Nov 88, to mark the retirement of Professor Jean Whyte.
    Ex: Derfer corroborated her: 'I'd be very proud of you if you could come up with the means to draft a model collection development policy'.
    Ex: Criticism is not appropriate in a style which aims to report, but not comment upon the content of the original document.
    Ex: They also intend to bring forward legislation to provide that the maximum amount of compensation should be £500,000.
    Ex: The result could be termed a full-provision data base -- a data base including both text and reference, and delivering much more than the 2 added together.
    * argumento que presenta sólo un punto de vista = one-sided argument.
    * oportunidad + presentarse = opportunity + knock, opportunity + present + Reflexivo.
    * presentar Algo desde una nueva óptica = throw + Nombre + in a new light, throw + new light on.
    * presentar Algo desde un nuevo ángulo = throw + new light on.
    * presentar argumentos a favor = make + a case for.
    * presentar argumentos a favor de = present + arguments in favour of.
    * presentar como = make + Nombre + out to be.
    * presentar conclusiones = provide + conclusions.
    * presentar conocimiento = package + knowledge.
    * presentar deficiencias = fall + short.
    * presentar de manera esquemática = give + overview.
    * presentar dentro de = package.
    * presentar Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on, throw + new light on.
    * presentar detalladamente = spread out.
    * presentar dificultad = present + difficulty.
    * presentar en forma de tabla = tabulate.
    * presentar en pantalla = call up, print + online, bring up, screen.
    * presentar evidencia a favor de = present + case for.
    * presentar información = submit + information, package + information.
    * presentar información de varios modos = repackage + information.
    * presentar la evolución de Algo = chart + the history.
    * presentar la oportunidad = allow + the opportunity to.
    * presentar las pruebas ante = lay + evidence before.
    * presentar peligro = present + danger.
    * presentar + Posesivo + respetos = pay + Posesivo + respects.
    * presentar posibilidades = present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.
    * presentar problemas = present + problems.
    * presentar pruebas = give + evidence.
    * presentar resultados = report + findings, report + results.
    * presentar reto = defy.
    * presentarse = come in, manifest + Reflexivo, turn up, show up, unfold, come forward, come with.
    * presentarse a = stand for.
    * presentarse a una elección = stand for + election, run for + election.
    * presentarse desde una nueva perspectiva = stand in + a new light.
    * presentar (según) = cast (in/into).
    * presentarse una ocasión = occasion + arise.
    * presentar similitudes = share + similarities.
    * presentar una amenaza = pose + threat.
    * presentar una comunicación = deliver + paper, give + paper, present + paper.
    * presentar una contribución = present + contribution.
    * presentar una demanda = file + suit against, file + lawsuit against.
    * presentar una demanda judicial = take + legal action, take + legal proceedings.
    * presentar una denuncia = file + police report.
    * presentar una factura = submit + bill.
    * presentar una idea = make + point, put forward + idea, offer + perspective, present + idea.
    * presentar una imagen = present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image.
    * presentar una oportunidad = afford + opportunity.
    * presentar una petición = submit + petition.
    * presentar una ponencia = give + paper, read + paper.
    * presentar una propuesta = submit + proposal.
    * presentar una queja = register + complaint, lodge + complaint, file + complaint, file + grievance.
    * presentar una reclamación = enter + complaint, place + claim, file + complaint.
    * presentar un argumento = advance + argument.
    * presentar una solicitud = submit + application.
    * presentar un aspecto = present + a picture.
    * presentar un aspecto de = wear + a look of.
    * presentar una visión = present + a picture.
    * presentar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.
    * presentar un buen aspecto = look + good.
    * presentar un dilema = present + dilemma.
    * presentar un frente común = present + common front.
    * presentar un informe = give + a report, present + report.
    * presentar un obstáculo = pose + obstacle.
    * presentar un peligro = pose + danger.
    * presentar un problema = pose + problem, air + problem.
    * presentar un programa = present + programme.
    * presentar un proyecto = submit + project, present + project.
    * presentar un resumen = give + summary.
    * presentar un reto = present + challenge, provide + challenge.
    * presentar un riesgo = pose + risk.
    * presentar vestigios de = bear + traces of.
    * seleccionar y presentar en un documento = package.
    * volver a presentar = resubmit [re-submit].

    * * *
    presentar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (mostrar) to present
    un producto bien presentado a well-presented product
    2 (exponer por primera vez) ‹libro/disco› to launch
    presentó sus nuevos cuadros she presented her new paintings
    presentará su colección de otoño en Londres he will present o exhibit his autumn collection in London
    el nuevo XS34 se presentará al público en el salón de Turín the new XS34 will be on display (to the public) for the first time at the Turin show
    3 (entregar) ‹informe/solicitud› to submit
    le presenté el pasaporte para que me lo sellara I gave him my passport for stamping, I presented my passport to him for stamping
    tengo que presentar los planes mañana I have to submit o present the plans tomorrow
    4 (enseñar) to show
    hay que presentar el carné para entrar you have to show your membership card to get in
    5 ‹disculpas/excusas› to make
    fui a presentar mis respetos I went to pay my respects
    presentó su dimisión she handed in o submitted her resignation, she resigned
    pienso presentar una queja I intend filing o making a complaint
    presentaron una denuncia they reported the matter (to the police), they made an official complaint
    presentar pruebas to present evidence
    presentar cargos to bring charges
    presentar una demanda to bring a lawsuit
    6 ( Mil):
    presentar armas to present arms
    B (TV) ‹programa› to present, introduce
    C [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹persona› to introduce
    el director presentó al conferenciante the director introduced the speaker
    me presentó a su familia he introduced me to his family
    te presento a mi hermana I'd like you to meet my sister/this is my sister
    D
    (mostrar, ofrecer): el nuevo modelo presenta algunas novedades the latest model has o offers some new features
    presenta muchas ventajas para el consumidor it offers the consumer many advantages
    el paciente no presentaba síntomas de intoxicación the patient showed no signs of food poisoning
    el cadáver presenta un impacto de bala en el costado ( frml); there is a bullet wound in the side of the body, the body has a bullet wound in the side
    A
    1 (en un lugar) to turn up, appear
    se presentó en casa sin avisar he turned up o showed up o appeared at the house unexpectedly
    se presentó voluntariamente a la policía he turned himself in to the police
    tendrá que presentarse ante el juez he will have to appear before the judge
    2
    (a un concurso, examen): se presentó al examen she took o ( BrE) sat the exam
    me presenté al concurso I entered the competition
    se presenta como candidato independiente he's an independent candidate, he's running as an independent ( AmE), he's standing as an independent ( BrE)
    se presentó para el cargo de director he applied for the post of director
    B «dificultad/problema» to arise, come up, crop up ( colloq)
    estaré allí salvo que se presente algún impedimento I'll be there unless something crops up o comes up
    si se me presenta la oportunidad if I get the opportunity, if the opportunity arises
    el futuro se presenta prometedor the future looks promising
    el asunto se presenta muy mal things are looking very bad
    C (darse a conocer) to introduce oneself
    permítame que me presente allow me to introduce myself
    presentarse en sociedad to make one's debut (in society)
    * * *

     

    presentar ( conjugate presentar) verbo transitivo
    1

    b) ( exponer por primera vez) ‹libro/disco› to launch;

    ‹ obra de arte› to present;
    ‹ colección de moda› to present, exhibit
    c) ( entregar) ‹informe/solicitud› to submit;

    ‹ trabajo› to hand in;
    ‹ renuncia› to hand in, submit
    d) ( enseñar) ‹carnet/pasaporte› to show

    e) ‹disculpas/excusas› to make;

    ‹ queja› to file, make;
    ‹ cargos› to bring;

    presentar pruebas to present evidence
    f) (Mil):


    2 (TV) ‹ programa› to present, introduce
    3 ‹ persona› to introduce;

    4 ‹novedad/ventaja› to offer;
    ‹ síntoma› to show
    presentarse verbo pronominal
    1


    b) presentarse a algo ‹ a examen› to take sth;

    ‹ a concurso› to enter sth;
    ‹ a elecciones› to take part in sth;
    ◊ se presenta como candidato independiente he's running (AmE) o (BrE) he's standing as an independent;

    presentarse para un cargo to apply for a post
    2 [dificultad/problema] to arise, come up;
    [ oportunidad] to arise
    3 ( darse a conocer) to introduce oneself
    presentar verbo transitivo
    1 (un programa, pruebas, etc) to present
    2 (un producto) to launch
    3 (a una persona) to introduce
    4 (síntomas, características, etc) to have, show
    5 (disculpas) to give, present
    (condolencias) to give, pay
    6 (la dimisión) to hand in
    7 (una queja) to file, make
    ' presentar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alegar
    - compeler
    - convenir
    - dimisión
    - esquema
    - revestir
    - dar
    - demanda
    - denuncia
    - introducir
    - licitar
    - moción
    - queja
    - querella
    - renuncia
    English:
    bring forward
    - charge
    - claim
    - field
    - file
    - hand in
    - host
    - introduce
    - lay
    - lodge
    - make out
    - model
    - pay
    - present
    - press
    - produce
    - put in
    - put on
    - put up
    - register
    - render
    - replay
    - report
    - represent
    - rerun
    - respect
    - serve up
    - set out
    - show
    - slant
    - star
    - submit
    - table
    - this
    - bring
    - come
    - display
    - enter
    - exhibit
    - float
    - hand
    - notice
    - propose
    - put
    - retake
    - sponsor
    - tender
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [mostrar, entregar] to present;
    [dimisión] to tender, to hand in; [tesis] to hand in, to submit; [pruebas, propuesta] to submit; [recurso, denuncia] to lodge; [solicitud] to make; [moción] to propose;
    presente su pasaporte en la ventanilla show your passport at the window;
    presentar cargos/una demanda contra alguien to bring charges/an action against sb;
    ¡presenten armas! [en ejército] present arms!;
    es un trabajo muy bien presentado it is a very well presented piece of work
    2. [dar a conocer] to introduce;
    me presentó a sus amigos she introduced me to her friends;
    Juan, te presento a Carmen Juan, this is Carmen;
    me parece que no nos han presentado I don't think we've been introduced;
    permítame que le presente a nuestra directora allow me to introduce you to our manager, I'd like you to meet our manager;
    no se conocían, pero yo los presenté they didn't know each other, but I introduced them (to each other)
    3. [anunciar] [programa de radio o televisión] to present;
    [espectáculo] to compere;
    la mujer que presenta el telediario the woman who reads the news on TV
    4. [proponer para competición] [obra] to enter;
    presentar una novela a un premio literario to enter a novel for a literary prize;
    presentar una película a concurso to enter a film at a film festival;
    presentar a alguien para algo to propose sb for sth, to put sb forward for sth;
    el partido presentará a la señora Cruz para la alcaldía the party is putting Mrs Cruz forward for the office of mayor, Mrs Cruz will be the party's candidate for the office of mayor
    5. [exhibir por primera vez] [planes, presupuestos] to present;
    [película] to premiere; [libro, disco] to launch;
    el club presentó a su último fichaje ante la prensa the club introduced its new signing to the press
    6. [ofrecer] [disculpas, excusas] to make;
    [respetos] to pay;
    nos presentó (sus) disculpas he made his excuses to us
    7. [tener] [aspecto, características, novedades] to have;
    este fondo de inversión presenta grandes ventajas this investment fund offers o has big advantages;
    la playa presenta un aspecto deplorable the beach is in a terrible state;
    presenta difícil solución it's going to be difficult to solve;
    el paciente presentaba síntomas de deshidratación the patient presented symptoms of dehydration
    * * *
    v/t
    1 TV present
    2 a alguien introduce
    3 producto launch
    4 solicitud submit
    * * *
    1) : to present, to show
    2) : to offer, to give
    3) : to submit (a document), to launch (a product)
    4) : to introduce (a person)
    * * *
    1. (personas) to introduce
    te presento a Iván this is Iván / meet Iván
    2. (programa, idea, propuesta) to present
    3. (un producto) to launch
    4. (señales, aspecto) to have / to show [pt. showed; pp. shown]

    Spanish-English dictionary > presentar

  • 6 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 7 poner

    v.
    1 to put.
    Ella puso el mantel She set the tablecloth.
    Ella puso su mejor esfuerzo She exerted her best effort.
    2 to give, to set (asignar) (tarea, examen).
    le pusieron Mario they called him Mario
    le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam
    3 to switch or put on (conectar) (televisión, radio).
    4 to send (comunicar) (telegrama, fax).
    ¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him? (peninsular Spanish)
    5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).
    ¿qué ponen en la tele? what's on the telly?
    6 to set up.
    ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop
    poner la mesa to lay the table
    7 to do up.
    han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style
    8 to put in.
    poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business
    poner algo de mi/tu/etc. parte to do my/your/etc bit
    poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) something
    Ponga más sal Put in more salt.
    9 to suppose.
    pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened
    pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days
    poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan
    10 to say (decir). (peninsular Spanish)
    ¿qué pone ahí? what does it say?
    11 to lay (eggs) (ave).
    12 to make, to render, to turn, to get.
    13 to apply, to put on.
    Ella puso desinfectante She applied disinfectant.
    14 to lay eggs, to lay.
    La gallina puso The hen laid eggs.
    15 to say about.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    pongo, pones, pone, ponemos, ponéis, ponen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    pon (tú), ponga (él/Vd.), pongamos (nos.), poned (vos.), pongan (ellos/Vds.).
    Past Participle
    puesto,-a.
    * * *
    verb
    3) set
    4) set up, establish
    5) add
    6) switch on, put on
    7) lay
    •
    - ponerse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones poner cuidado, poner en duda, poner por las nubes, poner a parir, poner como un trapo, poner verde, poner de vuelta y media, poner por testigo, ponerse por delante, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=colocar, situar) to put

    ¿dónde pongo mis cosas? — where shall I put my things?

    • poner algo [aparte] — to put sth aside, put sth to one side

    • ponlo en su [sitio] — put it back

    2) [+ ropa, calzado] to put on
    3) (=añadir) to add

    ponle más sal — add some salt, put some more salt in it

    4) (=aplicar, administrar) to put
    5) (=disponer, preparar)

    • poner la [mesa] — to lay {o} set the table

    6) (=instalar)
    a) [+ teléfono, calefacción] to put in
    b) [+ tienda] to open; [+ casa] to furnish
    7) (=exponer)

    ponlo al sol — leave {o} put it out in the sun

    8) (=hacer funcionar) [+ radio, televisión, calefacción] to put on, turn on; [+ disco] to put on, play

    ¿pongo música? — shall I put some music on?

    9) (=ajustar) [+ despertador] to set

    • poner el reloj [en hora] — to put one's watch right

    • ponlo [más alto] — turn it up

    10) (=adoptar)

    ¿por qué pones esa voz tan tonta? — why are you speaking in that silly voice?

    • ¡no pongas esa [cara]! — don't look at me like that!

    11) (=volver) + adj, adv to make

    para no ponerle de mal humor — so as not to make him cross, so as not to put him in a bad mood

    ¡cómo te han puesto! — (=te han manchado) look what a mess you are!; (=te han pegado) they've given you a right thumping!

    12) (=servir)

    ¿qué te pongo? — what can I get you?, what would you like?

    ¿me pones más patatas? — could I have some more potatoes?

    13) (=conectar por teléfono) to put through

    ¿me pone con el Sr. García, por favor? — could you put me through to Mr García, please?

    14) (=exhibir)

    ¿qué ponen en el cine? — what's on at the cinema?

    ¿ponen alguna película esta noche? — is there a film on tonight?

    15) (=enviar) to send
    16) (=escribir) to put

    ¿qué pongo en la carta? — what shall I put in the letter?

    ¿te has acordado de poner el remite? — did you remember to put the return address on it?

    17) (=decir, estar escrito) to say

    ¿qué pone aquí? — what does it say here?

    18) (=imponer) [+ examen, trabajo] to give, set

    nos pone mucho trabajo — he gives {o} sets us a lot of work

    • me han puesto una [multa] — I've been fined, I've been given a fine

    19) (=oponer) [+ inconvenientes] to raise

    • le pone [peros] a todo — he's always finding fault with everything

    20) (=aportar, contribuir)
    [+ dinero]

    yo pongo el dinero pero ella escoge — I do the paying, but she does the choosing

    21) (=invertir) to put in
    22) (=apostar)
    23) (=llamar) to call

    ¿qué nombre {o} cómo le van a poner? — what are they going to call him?, what name are they giving him?

    24) (=criticar, alabar)

    • te puso muy [bien] ante el jefe — she was very nice about you to the boss

    • ¡[cómo] te han puesto! — (=te han criticado) they had a real go at you!; (=te han alabado) they were really nice about you!

    • tu cuñada te ha puesto muy [mal] — your sister-in-law was very nasty about you

    25) (=tildar)

    • poner a algn [de], la han puesto de idiota para arriba — they called her an idiot and worse

    26) (=suponer)

    • pongamos [que] ganas la lotería — suppose {o} supposing you win the lottery

    poniendo que... — supposing that...

    27)

    • poner a algn [a] + infin —

    28)

    • poner a Juan [bien] con Pedro — to make things up between Juan and Pedro

    • poner a Juan [mal] con Pedro — to make Juan fall out with Pedro, cause a rift between Juan and Pedro

    29) [en trabajo]

    • poner a algn [de], puso a su hija de sirvienta — she got her daughter a job as a servant

    30)
    31) [gallina] [+ huevos] to lay
    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) [aves] to lay (eggs)
    2) (=apostar)
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( colocar) to put

    lo pusieron en el curso avanzado — he was put o placed in the advanced class

    b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put
    2) ( agregar) to put

    ¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

    ¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

    3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?

    4) <inyección/supositorio> to give
    5)

    poner la mesa — to lay o set the table

    6)
    a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to open
    b) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to install
    c) cerradura/armario to fit
    7) ave < huevo> to lay
    8) (Esp) (servir, dar)

    ¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?

    póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please

    ¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?

    9)
    b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on
    10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take
    11)
    a) ( imponer) < deberes> to give, set; <examen/problema> to set
    b) ( oponer)

    no puso inconveniente — he didn't have o raise any objections

    a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything

    c) ( adjudicar) < nota> to give

    ¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?

    12) ( dar) <nombre/apodo> to give; < ejemplo> to give

    ¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?

    le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'

    13) ( enviar) < telegrama> to send
    14) ( escribir) to put
    15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say
    16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>

    ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?

    ¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?

    17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take
    18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)
    19) ( adoptar) cara/voz
    20)

    poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework

    b)

    poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example

    21) ( suponer)

    pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...

    pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados — suppose o let's just say they're wrong

    ponerle — (esp AmL)

    ¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours

    22)
    a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put on

    puso el motor en marcha — she switched on o started the engine

    b) (ajustar, graduar)
    23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody

    ¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?

    2.
    vi gallina to lay
    3.
    1) ponerse v pron
    2)
    a) (refl) ( colocarse)

    pongámonos a la sombra — let's sit (o lie etc) in the shade

    ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees

    ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree

    se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)

    se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head

    b) (Esp) ( llegar)
    3) sol to set
    4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put on

    me puse el collar de perlas — I wore o put on my pearl necklace

    5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

    cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!

    6)
    a) ( empezar)

    ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf

    se puso a llover — it started raining o started to rain

    b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)

    cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)

    yo me pongo con cien — I'll put in o chip in a hundred

    7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

    * * *
    = affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.
    Ex. Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.
    Ex. One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.
    Ex. If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.
    Ex. If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.
    Ex. By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.
    Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex. The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.
    Ex. In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.
    Ex. There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.
    Ex. Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.
    Ex. The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.
    ----
    * con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.
    * de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.
    * encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].
    * no poner en duda = be unquestioned.
    * poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.
    * poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.
    * poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.
    * poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.
    * poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.
    * poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.
    * poner a disposición = keep within + reach.
    * poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.
    * poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.
    * poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.
    * poner al alcance = bring within + reach.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.
    * poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.
    * poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.
    * poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.
    * poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.
    * poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.
    * poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.
    * poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * poner al revés = upend.
    * poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.
    * poner a + Número = set to + Número.
    * poner aparte = set + apart.
    * poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.
    * poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.
    * poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).
    * poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.
    * poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.
    * poner carnada = bait.
    * poner cebo = bait.
    * poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.
    * poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.
    * poner delante de = lay before.
    * poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.
    * poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].
    * poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.
    * poner de pie = stand + upright.
    * poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.
    * poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.
    * poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.
    * poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.
    * poner el candado = padlock.
    * poner el centro de atención = put + focus.
    * poner el colofón final = bookend.
    * poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.
    * poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.
    * poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.
    * poner el énfasis = put + focus.
    * poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.
    * poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.
    * poner el precio = price.
    * poner el sello = stamp.
    * poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.
    * poner el sello de = rubber stamp.
    * poner empeño = strive.
    * poner en adobo = marinade.
    * poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en alquiler = rent out.
    * poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner encima = top with.
    * poner en circulación = circulate.
    * poner en claro = clear up.
    * poner en cola = queue.
    * poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.
    * poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.
    * poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].
    * poner en cuarentena = quarantine.
    * poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.
    * poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.
    * poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.
    * poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * poner en el haber de = credit.
    * poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.
    * poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.
    * poner en escena = stage.
    * poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.
    * poner énfasis = put + emphasis.
    * poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.
    * poner en forma = buff up.
    * poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.
    * poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).
    * poner en garantía = pawn.
    * poner en hielo = ice.
    * poner en juego = tap.
    * poner en la calle = evict.
    * poner en la pared = pin up.
    * poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.
    * poner en libertad = release from + jail.
    * poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.
    * poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.
    * poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.
    * poner en órbita = place into + orbit.
    * poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.
    * poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.
    * poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.
    * poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.
    * poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.
    * poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.
    * poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.
    * poner en préstamo = circulate.
    * poner en primer plano = foreground.
    * poner en relación = bring into + relationship.
    * poner en remojo = steep.
    * poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.
    * poner en riesgo = put at + risk.
    * poner en su sitio = put in + place.
    * poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.
    * poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.
    * poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.
    * poner entre corchetes = bracket.
    * poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.
    * poner entre paréntesis = bracket.
    * poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.
    * poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.
    * poner en venta = put on + sale.
    * poner esfuerzo = give + effort.
    * poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.
    * poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.
    * poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * poner freno = curb.
    * poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.
    * poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * poner guiones = hyphenate.
    * poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.
    * poner impuestos = impose + VAT.
    * poner la brida = bridle.
    * poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.
    * poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.
    * poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.
    * poner la fecha = date-stamp.
    * poner la mesa = lay + the table.
    * poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.
    * poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.
    * poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.
    * poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.
    * poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * poner las esposas = handcuff.
    * poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.
    * ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.
    * ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.
    * ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.
    * poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.
    * poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.
    * poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.
    * poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.
    * poner nervioso = rattle.
    * poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.
    * poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.
    * poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.
    * poner objeciones = object.
    * poner objeciones a = object to.
    * poner obstáculos = cramp.
    * poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.
    * poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.
    * poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.
    * poner parches = patch up, patch.
    * poner patas arriba = upend.
    * poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.
    * poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.
    * poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.
    * poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.
    * poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner sal = salt.
    * ponerse = don, pull on, wax.
    * ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.
    * ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.
    * ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.
    * ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.
    * ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.
    * ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.
    * ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.
    * ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.
    * ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.
    * ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.
    * ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.
    * ponerse borroso = blur.
    * ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse + Color = go + Color.
    * ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).
    * ponerse del lado de = side with.
    * ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.
    * ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.
    * ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.
    * ponerse de parte de = side with.
    * ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.
    * ponerse de punta = stand out.
    * ponerse, el = donning, the.
    * ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.
    * ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.
    * ponerse en contacto = make + contact.
    * ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.
    * ponerse en contra de = turn against.
    * ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).
    * ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse enfermo = get + sick.
    * ponerse en fila = line up.
    * ponerse en forma = get + fit.
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.
    * ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).
    * ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.
    * ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.
    * ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * ponerse en tensión = tense up.
    * ponerse firme = stand to + attention.
    * ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.
    * ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.
    * ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse gallito = bluster.
    * ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.
    * ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.
    * ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).
    * ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.
    * ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.
    * ponerse marrón = turn + brown.
    * ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.
    * ponerse rígido = stiffen.
    * ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse seriamente a = settle to.
    * ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.
    * ponerse tibio = pig out (on).
    * ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.
    * poner sobre aviso = alert to.
    * poner término a = put + paid to.
    * poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.
    * poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner trabas = cramp.
    * poner una bomba = plant + bomb.
    * poner una demanda = face + legal action.
    * poner una denuncia = file + police report.
    * poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.
    * poner una nota en un sitio público = post.
    * poner una reclamación = appeal.
    * poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.
    * poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.
    * poner una tienda = pitch + tent.
    * poner un círculo alrededor = circle.
    * poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.
    * poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.
    * poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * poner un poquito de picante = pep up.
    * poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.
    * poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.
    * poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.
    * poner y quitar = get on and off.
    * pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.
    * pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.
    * precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.
    * que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.
    * que pone obstáculos = obstructive.
    * quita o pon = give or take.
    * sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.
    * sin poner en escena = unproduced.
    * sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.
    * sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.
    * sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.
    * sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( colocar) to put

    lo pusieron en el curso avanzado — he was put o placed in the advanced class

    b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put
    2) ( agregar) to put

    ¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

    ¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

    3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?

    4) <inyección/supositorio> to give
    5)

    poner la mesa — to lay o set the table

    6)
    a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to open
    b) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to install
    c) cerradura/armario to fit
    7) ave < huevo> to lay
    8) (Esp) (servir, dar)

    ¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?

    póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please

    ¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?

    9)
    b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on
    10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take
    11)
    a) ( imponer) < deberes> to give, set; <examen/problema> to set
    b) ( oponer)

    no puso inconveniente — he didn't have o raise any objections

    a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything

    c) ( adjudicar) < nota> to give

    ¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?

    12) ( dar) <nombre/apodo> to give; < ejemplo> to give

    ¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?

    le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'

    13) ( enviar) < telegrama> to send
    14) ( escribir) to put
    15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say
    16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>

    ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?

    ¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?

    17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take
    18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)
    19) ( adoptar) cara/voz
    20)

    poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework

    b)

    poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example

    21) ( suponer)

    pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...

    pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados — suppose o let's just say they're wrong

    ponerle — (esp AmL)

    ¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours

    22)
    a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put on

    puso el motor en marcha — she switched on o started the engine

    b) (ajustar, graduar)
    23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody

    ¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?

    2.
    vi gallina to lay
    3.
    1) ponerse v pron
    2)
    a) (refl) ( colocarse)

    pongámonos a la sombra — let's sit (o lie etc) in the shade

    ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees

    ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree

    se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)

    se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head

    b) (Esp) ( llegar)
    3) sol to set
    4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put on

    me puse el collar de perlas — I wore o put on my pearl necklace

    5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

    cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!

    6)
    a) ( empezar)

    ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf

    se puso a llover — it started raining o started to rain

    b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)

    cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)

    yo me pongo con cien — I'll put in o chip in a hundred

    7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

    * * *
    = affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.

    Ex: Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.

    Ex: One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.
    Ex: If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.
    Ex: If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.
    Ex: By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.
    Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex: The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.
    Ex: In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.
    Ex: There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.
    Ex: Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.
    Ex: The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.
    * con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.
    * de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.
    * encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].
    * no poner en duda = be unquestioned.
    * poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.
    * poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.
    * poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.
    * poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.
    * poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.
    * poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.
    * poner a disposición = keep within + reach.
    * poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.
    * poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.
    * poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.
    * poner al alcance = bring within + reach.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.
    * poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.
    * poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.
    * poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.
    * poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.
    * poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.
    * poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.
    * poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * poner al revés = upend.
    * poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.
    * poner a + Número = set to + Número.
    * poner aparte = set + apart.
    * poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.
    * poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.
    * poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).
    * poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.
    * poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.
    * poner carnada = bait.
    * poner cebo = bait.
    * poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.
    * poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.
    * poner delante de = lay before.
    * poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.
    * poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].
    * poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.
    * poner de pie = stand + upright.
    * poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.
    * poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.
    * poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.
    * poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.
    * poner el candado = padlock.
    * poner el centro de atención = put + focus.
    * poner el colofón final = bookend.
    * poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.
    * poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.
    * poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.
    * poner el énfasis = put + focus.
    * poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.
    * poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.
    * poner el precio = price.
    * poner el sello = stamp.
    * poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.
    * poner el sello de = rubber stamp.
    * poner empeño = strive.
    * poner en adobo = marinade.
    * poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en alquiler = rent out.
    * poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner encima = top with.
    * poner en circulación = circulate.
    * poner en claro = clear up.
    * poner en cola = queue.
    * poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.
    * poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.
    * poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].
    * poner en cuarentena = quarantine.
    * poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.
    * poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.
    * poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.
    * poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * poner en el haber de = credit.
    * poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.
    * poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.
    * poner en escena = stage.
    * poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.
    * poner énfasis = put + emphasis.
    * poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.
    * poner en forma = buff up.
    * poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.
    * poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).
    * poner en garantía = pawn.
    * poner en hielo = ice.
    * poner en juego = tap.
    * poner en la calle = evict.
    * poner en la pared = pin up.
    * poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.
    * poner en libertad = release from + jail.
    * poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.
    * poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.
    * poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.
    * poner en órbita = place into + orbit.
    * poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.
    * poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.
    * poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.
    * poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.
    * poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.
    * poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.
    * poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.
    * poner en préstamo = circulate.
    * poner en primer plano = foreground.
    * poner en relación = bring into + relationship.
    * poner en remojo = steep.
    * poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.
    * poner en riesgo = put at + risk.
    * poner en su sitio = put in + place.
    * poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.
    * poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.
    * poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.
    * poner entre corchetes = bracket.
    * poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.
    * poner entre paréntesis = bracket.
    * poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.
    * poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.
    * poner en venta = put on + sale.
    * poner esfuerzo = give + effort.
    * poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.
    * poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.
    * poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * poner freno = curb.
    * poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.
    * poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * poner guiones = hyphenate.
    * poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.
    * poner impuestos = impose + VAT.
    * poner la brida = bridle.
    * poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.
    * poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.
    * poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.
    * poner la fecha = date-stamp.
    * poner la mesa = lay + the table.
    * poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.
    * poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.
    * poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.
    * poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.
    * poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * poner las esposas = handcuff.
    * poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.
    * ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.
    * ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.
    * ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.
    * poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.
    * poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.
    * poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.
    * poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.
    * poner nervioso = rattle.
    * poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.
    * poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.
    * poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.
    * poner objeciones = object.
    * poner objeciones a = object to.
    * poner obstáculos = cramp.
    * poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.
    * poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.
    * poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.
    * poner parches = patch up, patch.
    * poner patas arriba = upend.
    * poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.
    * poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.
    * poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.
    * poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.
    * poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner sal = salt.
    * ponerse = don, pull on, wax.
    * ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.
    * ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.
    * ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.
    * ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.
    * ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.
    * ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.
    * ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.
    * ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.
    * ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.
    * ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.
    * ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.
    * ponerse borroso = blur.
    * ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse + Color = go + Color.
    * ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).
    * ponerse del lado de = side with.
    * ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.
    * ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.
    * ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.
    * ponerse de parte de = side with.
    * ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.
    * ponerse de punta = stand out.
    * ponerse, el = donning, the.
    * ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.
    * ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.
    * ponerse en contacto = make + contact.
    * ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.
    * ponerse en contra de = turn against.
    * ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).
    * ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse enfermo = get + sick.
    * ponerse en fila = line up.
    * ponerse en forma = get + fit.
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.
    * ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).
    * ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.
    * ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.
    * ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * ponerse en tensión = tense up.
    * ponerse firme = stand to + attention.
    * ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.
    * ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.
    * ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse gallito = bluster.
    * ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.
    * ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.
    * ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).
    * ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.
    * ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.
    * ponerse marrón = turn + brown.
    * ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.
    * ponerse rígido = stiffen.
    * ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse seriamente a = settle to.
    * ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.
    * ponerse tibio = pig out (on).
    * ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.
    * poner sobre aviso = alert to.
    * poner término a = put + paid to.
    * poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.
    * poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner trabas = cramp.
    * poner una bomba = plant + bomb.
    * poner una demanda = face + legal action.
    * poner una denuncia = file + police report.
    * poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.
    * poner una nota en un sitio público = post.
    * poner una reclamación = appeal.
    * poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.
    * poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.
    * poner una tienda = pitch + tent.
    * poner un círculo alrededor = circle.
    * poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.
    * poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.
    * poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * poner un poquito de picante = pep up.
    * poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.
    * poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.
    * poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.
    * poner y quitar = get on and off.
    * pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.
    * pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.
    * precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.
    * que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.
    * que pone obstáculos = obstructive.
    * quita o pon = give or take.
    * sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.
    * sin poner en escena = unproduced.
    * sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.
    * sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.
    * sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.
    * sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.

    * * *
    poner [ E22 ]
    ■ poner (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 colocar
    2 poner: anuncio, aviso
    B agregar
    C ropa, calzado etc
    D ‹inyección/supositorio›
    E poner la mesa
    F
    1 instalar, montar
    2 poner: cocina, teléfono etc
    3 poner: cerradura etc
    G poner: huevos
    H servir, dar
    A
    1 contribuir
    2 proporcionar
    B poner: atención, cuidado
    C
    1 imponer
    2 oponer
    3 adjudicar
    D poner: nombre
    E enviar
    F escribir
    G
    1 expresar por escrito
    2 impersonal
    H exhibir, dar
    I tardar
    A en un estado, una situación
    B poner: cara, voz, etc
    C
    1 hacer empezar
    2 poner a alguien de algo
    D suponer
    A
    1 conectar, encender
    2 ajustar, graduar
    B poner al teléfono
    ■ poner (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 apostar
    2 contribuir dinero
    B poner: gallinas
    C México: vulg
    ■ ponerse (verbo pronominal)
    A
    1 colocarse
    2 llegar
    B ponerse: el sol
    C ponerse: calzado etc
    A en un estado, una situación
    B
    1 empezar
    2 esforzarse, esmerarse
    3 contribuir dinero
    Sentido III ponerse al teléfono
    vt
    A
    1 (colocar) to put
    ¿dónde habré puesto las llaves? where can I have put the keys?
    ¿dónde vas a poner este cuadro? where are you going to put o hang this picture?
    pon ese cuadro derecho put that picture straight, straighten that picture
    lo pusieron en el curso avanzado he was put o placed in the advanced class
    ponle la cadena a la puerta put the chain on the door
    pon agua a calentar put some water on to boil
    2 ‹anuncio/aviso› to place, put
    pusieron un anuncio en el periódico they put o placed an advertisement in the newspaper
    B (agregar) to put
    ¿cuándo se le pone el agua? when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?
    ¿le has puesto sal a la sopa? have you put any salt in the soup?
    ¿le pones azúcar al café? do you take sugar in your coffee?
    C ‹ropa/calzado› (+ me/te/le etc):
    ¿me pones los zapatos? can you put my shoes on (for me)?
    le puse el vestido rojo I dressed her in her red dress
    D ‹inyección/supositorio› to give
    el dentista le puso una inyección the dentist gave him an injection
    E
    poner la mesa to lay o set the table
    F
    1 (instalar, montar) ‹oficina/restaurante› to open
    puso un estudio junto con otra arquitecta she set up in business with another architect
    consiguió permiso para poner una autoescuela he got permission to open a driving school
    les ayudó a poner la casa he helped them set up house o home
    pusieron la casa/oficina a todo lujo they furnished the house/fitted the office out in style
    le puso un apartamento a su amante he set his mistress up in an apartment
    2 ‹cocina/teléfono/calefacción› to install
    van a poner cocinas de gas they are going to install o fit gas cookers
    3 ‹cerradura/armario› to fit
    G «ave» ‹huevos› to lay
    H
    ( Esp) (servir, dar): ¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?
    póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please
    ¿cuántos le pongo, señora? how many would you like, madam?
    A
    1 (contribuir):
    él pone el capital y yo el trabajo he puts up the capital and I supply the labor
    pusimos 500 pesos cada uno we put in 500 pesos each
    que cada uno ponga lo que pueda each person should give what he or she can afford
    2 (proporcionar) ‹autobús/tren› to lay on
    la empresa puso la comida y la bebida food and drink was laid on by the company
    B ‹atención› to pay; ‹cuidado› to take
    pon más atención en lo que estás haciendo pay more attention to what you're doing
    no ha puesto ningún cuidado en este trabajo she hasn't taken any care at all over this piece of work
    pone mucho entusiasmo en todo lo que hace he's very enthusiastic about everything he does, he puts a lot of enthusiasm into everything he does
    C
    1 (imponer) ‹deberes› to give, set; ‹examen› to set
    nos pusieron 20 preguntas we were given o set 20 questions
    2
    (oponer): no me puso ningún inconveniente he didn't have o raise any objections
    a todo le tiene que poner peros or pegas she finds fault with everything
    3 (adjudicar) ‹nota› to give
    ¿qué (nota) te puso en la redacción? what (mark) did he give you for your essay?
    le pusieron un cero he got nought out of ten
    D (dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give
    ¡qué nombre más feo le pusieron! what a horrible name to give him!
    le pusieron Eva they called her Eva
    ¿qué título le vas a poner al poema? what title are you going to give the poem?, what are you going to call the poem?
    le pusieron el sobrenombre de `el cojo' they nicknamed him `el cojo'
    E (enviar) ‹telegrama› to send; ‹carta› to mail ( AmE), to post ( BrE)
    F (escribir) to put
    no has puesto ningún acento you haven't put any of the accents in
    no sé qué más ponerle I don't know what else to put o write
    puso mi nombre en la lista she put my name down on the list
    G ( esp Esp)
    el periódico no pone nada sobre el robo the newspaper doesn't say anything about the robbery
    mira a ver lo que pone en esa nota see what that note says
    allí pone que no se puede pasar it says there that you can't go in
    ¿qué pone aquí? what does it say here?, what does this say?
    H ( Esp) (exhibir, dar)
    ‹obra/película› ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?
    ¿qué ponen en el Trocadero? what's on o what's showing at the Trocadero?
    en el teatro ponen una obra de Casares there's a play by Casares on at the theater
    no pusieron ninguna película buena en Navidad there wasn't a single good film on over Christmas, they didn't show a single good film over Christmas
    I ( RPl) (tardar) to take
    el avión pone media hora de Montevideo a Buenos Aires the plane takes half an hour from Montevideo to Buenos Aires
    de allí a Salta pusimos tres horas it took us three hours from there to Salta
    A (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):
    me pones nerviosa you're making me nervous
    ya la has puesto de mal humor now you've put her in a bad mood
    ¿por qué me pusiste en evidencia así? why did you show me up like that?
    lo pusiste en un aprieto you put him in an awkward position
    nos puso al corriente de lo sucedido he brought us up to date with what had happened
    ¡mira cómo has puesto la alfombra! look at the mess you've made on the carpet!
    me estás poniendo las cosas muy difíciles you're making things very difficult for me
    B (adoptar) ‹cara/voz›
    no pongas esa cara there's no need to look like that
    puso cara de enfado he looked annoyed
    puso voz de asustado he sounded scared
    C
    1
    (hacer empezar): el médico me puso a régimen the doctor put me on a diet
    poner a algn A + INF:
    tuvo que poner a las hijas a trabajar he had to send his daughters out to work
    lo puso a estudiar guitarra con Rodríguez she sent him to have guitar lessons with Rodríguez
    lo puso a pelar cebollas she set him to work peeling onions
    2 poner a algn DE algo:
    la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department
    lo pusieron de ángel he was given a part as an angel, he was given the part of an angel
    su padre lo puso de botones en la oficina his father gave him a job as an office boy
    siempre te pone de ejemplo he always holds you up as an example
    D
    (suponer): pon que perdemos ese tren, no podríamos volver say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train, then we wouldn't be able to get back
    pon que es cierto ¿qué harías entonces? say o suppose o supposing it is true, then what would you do?
    pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados suppose o let's just say they're wrong
    ponerle ( AmL): ¿cuánto se tarda? — ponle dos horas how long does it take? — about two hours o in the region of two hours o reckon on two hours
    ¿cuánto nos costará? — y … pónganle alrededor de $200 how much will it cost us? — well, … you'd better reckon on about $200
    A
    1 (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción› to turn o switch o put on; ‹programa/canal› to put on
    pon un disco put on a record
    puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine
    todavía no nos han puesto la luz we haven't had our electricity connected yet
    2
    (ajustar, graduar): pon el despertador a las siete set the alarm (clock) for seven
    ¿puedes poner la música un poco más alta? can you turn the music up a bit?
    puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right, she set the clock to the right time
    poner el motor a punto to tune up the engine
    B
    ( Esp) (al teléfono): en seguida le pongo I'm just putting you through o connecting you
    poner a algn CON algn/algo to put sb THROUGH TO sb/sth
    ¿me puede poner con el director, por favor? could you put me through to o could I speak to the director, please?
    ¿me pone con la extensión 24? could you put me through to o can I have extension 24, please?
    ■ poner
    vi
    A
    1 ( Jueg) (apostar) to put in
    2 (contribuir dinero) to contribute
    ¿vas a poner para el regalo de Pilar? are you going to give something o contribute toward(s) Pilar's present?
    B «gallina» to lay
    C ( Méx vulg) (copular) to score (sl)
    A
    1 ( refl)
    (colocarse): pongámonos un rato a la sombra let's sit ( o lie etc) in the shade for a while
    ponerse de pie to stand up, stand
    ponerse de rodillas to kneel, kneel down, get down on one's knees
    ponte ahí, junto al árbol stand over there, by the tree
    ponérsele a algn algo ( AmL fam): se le puso que tenía que escalar la montaña he got it into his head that he had to climb the mountain
    a ese viejo se le pone cada cosa that old man gets the strangest ideas into his head
    2
    ( Esp) (llegar): en diez minutos nos ponemos allí we can be there in ten minutes
    B «sol» to set
    C ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put on
    ponte el abrigo put your coat on
    no tengo nada que ponerme I don't have a thing to wear
    mi hermano siempre se pone mi ropa my brother is always borrowing my clothes
    ponte un poco de sombra de ojos put on a little eyeshadow
    me puse el collar de perlas I wore o put on my pearl necklace
    A (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):
    me puse furiosa I got very angry
    cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it
    adelante, pónganse cómodos come in, make yourselves comfortable
    no te pongas así, que no es para tanto don't get so worked up, it's not that bad
    ¡mira cómo te has puesto de barro! just look at you, you're covered in mud!
    no te imaginas cómo se puso, hecha una fiera you wouldn't believe the way she reacted, she went absolutely wild
    la vida se está poniendo carísima everything's getting so expensive
    B
    1 (empezar) ponerse A + INF to start -ING
    se va a poner a llover de un momento a otro it's going to start raining o to start to rain any minute
    a ver si te pones a trabajar you'd better start working
    se puso a llorar sin motivo aparente she started crying o to cry for no apparent reason
    2 ( fam) (esforzarse, esmerarse) to try, make an effort
    si te pones lo acabas hoy mismo if you make an effort o if you try o if you put your mind to it, you'll finish it today
    3
    (CS arg) (contribuir dinero): cuando se casaron el viejo se puso con $5.000 when they got married, her old man shelled out $5,000 ( colloq)
    cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse when the check comes, everyone has to cough up ( colloq)
    yo me pongo con cien I'll put in o chip in a hundred ( colloq)
    ( Esp) (al teléfono): ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you
    dile a tu madre que se ponga tell your mother I want to speak to her, ask your mother to come to the phone
    * * *

     

    poner ( conjugate poner) verbo transitivo
    1


    ponle el collar al perro put the dog's collar on;
    poner una bomba to plant a bomb
    b) ‹anuncio/aviso› to place, put

    c) ‹ ropa› (+ me/te/le etc):


    2 ( agregar) to put
    3 ‹inyección/supositorio› to give
    4
    ◊ poner la mesa to lay o set the table

    5 (instalar, montar)
    a) ‹oficina/restaurante› to open

    b) ‹cocina/teléfono/calefacción› to install

    c) ‹cerradura/armario› to fit

    6 [ ave] ‹ huevo› to lay
    7 (Esp) (servir, dar):
    ◊ póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please;

    ¿cuántos le pongo? how many would you like?
    1 ‹ dinero› ( contribuir) to put in;

    2 ‹ atención› to pay;
    ‹cuidado/interés› to take;

    3
    a) ( imponer) ‹ deberes› to give, set;

    ‹examen/problema› to set;



    c) ( adjudicar) ‹ nota› to give

    4 ( dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give;
    ‹ ejemplo› to give;

    5 ( enviar) ‹ telegrama› to send
    6 ( escribir) ‹dedicatoria/líneas› to write
    7 (Esp) (exhibir, dar) ‹ película› to show;
    ◊ ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?;

    ¿qué ponen en el Royal? what's on o what's showing at the Royal?
    1
    a) (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción› to turn on, switch on, put on;

    ‹programa/canal› to put on;
    ‹cinta/disco/música› to put on;
    ◊ puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine

    b) (ajustar, graduar) ‹ despertador› to set;


    puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right
    2 (Esp) ( al teléfono): poner a algn con algo/algn to put sb through to sth/sb
    (en estado, situación) (+ compl):

    poner a algn en un aprieto to put sb in an awkward position
    vi [ ave] to lay
    ponerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( refl) ( colocarse):
    ◊ pongámonos ahí let's stand (o sit etc) there;

    ponerse de pie to stand (up);
    ponerse de rodillas to kneel (down), get down on one's knees
    2 [ sol] to set
    3 ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put on;

    1 (en estado, situación) (+ compl):

    se puso triste she became sad;
    cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it;
    se puso como loco he went mad;
    ponerse cómodo to make oneself comfortable
    2 ( empezar) ponerse a + inf to start -ing, to start + inf;

    (Esp):

    poner verbo transitivo
    1 (en un lugar, una situación) to put: me puso en un aprieto, he put me in a tight corner
    (seguido de adjetivo) to make: me pone contento, he makes me happy
    2 (hacer funcionar) to turn o switch on
    3 (un fax, telegrama) to send
    poner una conferencia, to make a long-distance call
    4 (una multa, un castigo) to impose
    5 (abrir un negocio) to set up
    6 (vestir) to put on
    7 (exponer) tienes que poner la planta al sol/a la sombra, you have to put the plant in the sun/shade
    8 (aportar) yo puse mil pesetas, I contributed a thousand pesetas
    9 (conjeturar, imaginar) to suppose: pongamos que..., supposing (that)...
    10 (estar escrito) lo pone aquí, it's written here
    no pone nada de eso, it doesn't say anything about that
    11 TV Cine to put on, show
    12 Tel ponme con él, put me through to him
    13 (un nombre) le pondremos Tadeo, we are going to call him Tadeo
    ya le puso título a la novela, he has already given the novel a title
    ♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a caldo, to pull sb to pieces
    poner a cien, to make sb nervous: me pone a cien cuando habla de ese modo, when he talks that way I get nervous
    poner en duda, to call into question: los inversores pusieron su competencia en duda, the investors questioned his competence
    poner a alguien en evidencia, to show sb up
    poner en evidencia, to show up: la situación pone en evidencia la falta de justicia del sistema, the situation exposes the system's unfairness
    poner a alguien en su sitio, to put sb in his place
    ' poner' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    activar
    - alinear
    - alta
    - alto
    - altura
    - antecedente
    - antena
    - arreglar
    - arrinconar
    - aunar
    - bandeja
    - brete
    - cabeza
    - calzar
    - caldo
    - calle
    - cara
    - cargar
    - carta
    - caso
    - cien
    - codificar
    - comprometer
    - confiar
    - coto
    - crecer
    - cuenco
    - cuestión
    - dejar
    - denuncia
    - depositar
    - descomponer
    - descubierta
    - descubierto
    - desesperar
    - diente
    - dirigir
    - discutir
    - distribuir
    - enchufar
    - enderezar
    - enervar
    - enfermar
    - enfrentar
    - enmascarar
    - entregar
    - entregarse
    - escenificar
    - escobilla
    - esmerarse
    English:
    acquaint
    - action
    - apply
    - arm
    - arrange
    - aside
    - best
    - blur
    - bond
    - box
    - bracket
    - bundle
    - bung
    - cap
    - cast
    - cheek
    - claim
    - code
    - collect
    - compromise
    - connect
    - cork
    - crack
    - cross
    - crown
    - curb
    - date
    - dip
    - discomfit
    - dishwasher
    - egg
    - end
    - endanger
    - excite
    - face
    - fault
    - feature
    - fetter
    - fill in
    - fit
    - fluster
    - follow up
    - forewarn
    - free
    - gather
    - get
    - glaze
    - go
    - gown
    - grin
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [situar, agregar, meter] to put;
    me pusieron en la última fila I was put in the back row;
    ponle un poco más de sal put some more salt in it, add a bit of salt to it;
    pon los juguetes en el armario put the toys (away) in the cupboard;
    ¿dónde habré puesto la calculadora? where can I have put o left the calculator?;
    poner un anuncio en el periódico to put an advert in the paper;
    poner un póster en la pared to put a poster up on the wall;
    poner una inyección a alguien to give sb an injection;
    hubo que ponerle un bozal al perro we had to put a muzzle on the dog, we had to muzzle the dog
    2. [ropa, zapatos, maquillaje]
    poner algo a alguien to put sth on sb;
    ponle este pañal al bebé put this Br nappy o US diaper on the baby
    3. [servir]
    ¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?, what would you like?;
    póngame una cerveza, por favor I'd like o I'll have a beer, please;
    ¿cuánto le pongo? how much would you like?;
    póngame un kilo give me a kilo
    4. [contribuir, aportar] to put in;
    poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business;
    poner algo de mi/tu/ etc[m5]. parte to do my/your/ etc bit;
    poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) sth;
    pon atención en lo que digo pay attention to what I'm saying;
    hay que poner más cuidado con o [m5] en la ortografía you have to take more care over your spelling
    5. [hacer estar de cierta manera]
    poner a alguien en un aprieto/de mal humor to put sb in a difficult position/in a bad mood;
    le has puesto colorado/nervioso you've made him blush/feel nervous;
    ponérselo fácil/difícil a alguien to make things easy/difficult for sb;
    lo puso todo perdido she made a real mess;
    el profesor nos puso a hacer cuentas the teacher gave us some sums to do;
    llegó y nos puso a todos a trabajar she arrived and set us all to work;
    pon la sopa a calentar warm the soup up;
    me pusieron de aprendiz de camarero they had me work as a trainee waiter;
    poner cara de tonto/inocente to put on a stupid/an innocent face
    6. [calificar]
    poner a alguien de algo to call sb sth;
    me pusieron de mentiroso they called me a liar;
    poner bien algo/a alguien to praise sth/sb;
    poner mal algo/a alguien to criticize sth/sb
    7. [oponer]
    poner obstáculos a algo to hinder sth;
    poner pegas a algo to raise objections to sth
    8. [asignar] [precio] to fix, to settle on;
    [multa] to give; [deberes, examen, tarea] to give, to set;
    le pusieron (de nombre) Mario they called him Mario;
    me han puesto (en el turno) de noche I've been assigned to the night shift, they've put me on the night shift;
    le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam
    9. [comunicar] [telegrama, fax, giro postal] to send;
    [conferencia] to make; Esp
    ¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him?;
    Esp
    no cuelgue, ahora le pongo don't hang up, I'll put you through in a second
    10. [conectar, hacer funcionar] [televisión, radio] to switch o put on;
    [despertador] to set; [instalación, gas] to put in; [música, cinta, disco] to put on;
    pon la lavadora put the washing machine on;
    pon el telediario put the news on;
    puse el despertador a las seis/el reloj en hora I set my alarm clock for six o'clock/my watch to the right time;
    ¿te han puesto ya el teléfono? are you on the phone yet?, have they connected your phone yet?;
    ponlo más alto, que no se oye turn it up, I can't hear it
    11. [en el cine, el teatro, la televisión] to show;
    anoche pusieron un documental muy interesante last night they showed a very interesting documentary;
    ¿qué ponen en la tele/en el Rialto? what's on the TV/on at the Rialto?;
    en el Rialto ponen una de Stallone there's a Stallone movie on at the Rialto
    12. [montar] to set up;
    poner la casa to set up home;
    poner un negocio to start a business;
    ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop;
    han puesto una cocina nueva they've had a new Br cooker o US stove put in;
    hemos puesto moqueta en el salón we've had a carpet fitted in the living-room;
    poner la mesa to lay the table;
    pusieron la tienda (de campaña) en un prado they pitched their tent o put their tent up in a meadow
    13. [decorar] to do up;
    han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style
    14. [suponer] to suppose;
    pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened;
    pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days;
    poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan;
    ¿cuándo estará listo? – ponle que en dos días when will it be ready? – reckon on it taking two days
    15. Esp [decir] to say;
    ¿qué pone ahí? what does it say there?
    16. [escribir] to put;
    ¿qué pusiste en la segunda pregunta? what did you put for the second question?
    17. [huevo] to lay
    18. RP [demorar] to take;
    el tren pone media hora en llegar allá the train takes half an hour to get there
    19. Fam [excitar]
    esa actriz me pone that actress totally does it for me
    ♦ vi
    [gallina, aves] to lay (eggs)
    ♦ v impersonal
    Am Fam [parecer]
    se me pone que… it seems to me that…
    * * *
    <part puesto> v/t
    1 put;
    poner en marcha set in motion;
    pongamos que let’s suppose o assume that
    2 ropa put on
    3 ( añadir) put in
    4 RAD, TV turn on, switch on
    5 la mesa set
    6 ( escribir) put down
    7 en periódico, libro etc say;
    la crítica puso muy bien su última película the critics gave his last film very good reviews
    8 negocio set up
    9 telegrama send
    10 huevos lay
    11 AUTO marcha put the car in, move into
    12 dinero deposit
    13
    :
    poner a alguien furioso make s.o. angry;
    ponerle a alguien con alguien TELEC put s.o. through to s.o.;
    * * *
    poner {60} vt
    1) colocar: to put, to place
    pon el libro en la mesa: put the book on the table
    2) agregar, añadir: to put in, to add
    3) : to put on (clothes)
    4) contribuir: to contribute
    5) escribir: to put in writing
    no le puso su nombre: he didn't put his name on it
    6) imponer: to set, to impose
    7) exponer: to put, to expose
    lo puso en peligro: she put him in danger
    8) : to prepare, to arrange
    poner la mesa: to set the table
    9) : to name
    le pusimos Ana: we called her Ana
    10) establecer: to set up, to establish
    puso un restaurante: he opened up a restaurant
    11) instalar: to install, to put in
    siempre lo pones de mal humor: you always put him in a bad mood
    13) : to turn on, to switch on
    14) suponer: to suppose
    pongamos que no viene: supposing he doesn't come
    15) : to lay (eggs)
    poner a : to start (someone doing something)
    lo puse a trabajar: I put him to work
    poner de : to place as
    la pusieron de directora: they made her director
    poner en : to put in (a state or condition)
    poner en duda: to call into question
    poner vi
    1) : to contribute
    2) : to lay eggs
    * * *
    poner vb
    1. (colocar) to put [pt. & pp. put]
    2. (ropa, etc) to put on
    3. (añadir) to put
    ¿le has puesto sal a las patatas? have you put any salt on the potatoes?
    ¿te pones azúcar? do you take sugar?
    4. (escribir) to write [pt. wrote; pp. written] / to put
    5. (programar) to set [pt. & pp. set]
    6. (encender) to put on / to turn on / to switch on
    7. (establecer) to open
    8. (enviar) to send [pt. & pp. sent]
    9. (comunicar) to put through
    ¿me pones con Asunción, por favor? can you put me through to Asunción, please?
    10. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]
    11. (proyectar) to be on
    ¿qué ponen en el Renoir? what's on at the Renoir?
    12. (dar un nombre) to call
    13. (imponer) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]
    14. (servir) to give
    ¿qué te pongo? what can I get you?
    ¿me pone un kilo de tomates? can I have a kilo of tomatoes, please?
    15. (aportar) to supply [pt. & pp. supplied] / to put in
    16. (suponer) to suppose / to say [pt. & pp. said]
    pongamos por caso... suppose... / let's say...
    poner huevos to lay eggs [pt. & pp. laid]

    Spanish-English dictionary > poner

  • 8 ἔχω

    ἔχω (A), [ per.] 2sg. ἔχεισθα cj. in Thgn. 1316 ( ἔχοισθα cod.), ἔχῃσθα cj. in Sapph.21 ( ἔχεισθα cod.); [ per.] 2sg. subj.
    A

    ἔχῃσθα Il.19.180

    : [tense] impf. εἶχον, [dialect] Ep.

    ἔχον Od.2.22

    , al., [dialect] Ion. and poet.

    ἔχεσκον Il.13.257

    , Hdt.6.12, Epigr.Gr.988.6 ([place name] Balbilla): [tense] fut. ἕξω, [dialect] Ep. inf.

    ἑξέμεναι Call.Aet.3.1.27

     (of duration) or σχήσω (of momentary action, esp. in sense check, v. infr. A. 11.9, not found in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. or NT); [ per.] 2sg.

    σχήσησθα h.Cer. 366

     codd.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔσχης α f.l.in Nonn.D.17.177, also

    ἔσχα IG3.1363.6

    , 14.1728, [ per.] 3pl. μετ-έσχαν ib.12(7).271.12 (Amorgos, iii A.D.): [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον, imper.

    σχές S.El. 1013

    , E.Hipp. 1353 (anap.) ( σχέ only in Orac. ap. Sch.E.Ph. 638 (dub.l.), sts. in compds. in codd., as

    πάρασχε E.Hec. 842

    ,

    κάτασχε Id.HF 1210

    ); subj.

    σχῶ Il.21.309

    , etc.; opt.

    σχοίην Isoc. 1.45

    , in compds. σχοῖμι (as

    μετάσχοιμι S.OC 1484

     (lyr.),

    κατάσχοιμεν Th.6.11

    ); [ per.] 3pl.

    σχοίησαν Hyp.Eux.32

    ,

    σχοῖεν Th.6.33

    ; inf.

    σχεῖν Il. 16.520

    , etc., [dialect] Ep.

    σχέμεν 8.254

     (in Alexandr. Gr. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. 2

    εἴχοσαν AP5.208

     (Posidipp. or Asclep.), v.l. in Ev.Jo.15.22,

    ἔσχοσαν Scymn.695

    ): for the poet. form ἔσχεθον, v. Σχέθω: [tense] pf.

    ἔσχηκα Pl.Lg. 765a

    , εἴσχηκα in Inscrr. of iii/i B.C., SIG679.54, etc.; [dialect] Ep. ὄχωκα is dub., v. συνόχωκα:—[voice] Med., [tense] impf.

    εἰχόμην Pi.P.4.244

    , etc.: [tense] fut.

    ἕξομαι Il.9.102

    , etc.; σχήσομαι ib. 235, Ar.Av. 1335, more freq. in compds. ( ἀνα-) A.Th. 252, ( παρα-) Lys.9.8, etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. παρ-έσχημαι in med. sense, X.An.7.6.11, etc.: [tense] aor. 2

    ἐσχόμην Hom.

    , Hdt.6.85, rare in [dialect] Att. exc. in compds.; imper.

    σχέο Il.21.379

    ,

    σχέσθε 22.416

    , later σχοῦ in compds. ( ἀνά- ) E. lon947, etc.; inf.

    σχέσθαι Od.4.422

    , Hes.Fr.79:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. ἐν-έξομαι in pass. sense, E.Or. 516, D.51.11, later

    σχεθήσομαι Gal.UP15.3

    , freq. in compds. (συ- ) Phld.Ir.p.83 W., (ἐν- ) Plu.2.98 of, ( ἐπι-) S.E.P.1.186: [tense] aor. 1

    ἐσχέθην Arr.An.5.7.4

    , 6.11.2, Aret.SA2.5, (κατ-, συν-) Plu.Sol. 21, Hp.Int. 45 vulg.: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. σχήσομαι in pass. sense, Il.9.235 (dub.), 655, 13.630: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med. in pass. sense,

    ἐσχόμην Il.17.696

    , al., Hdt. 1.31 (

    σχέτο Il.7.248

    , 21.345), part.

    σχόμενος Od.11.279

    , prob. in Isoc.19.11, ( κατα-) Pi.P.1.10, Pl.Phdr. 244e, Parth.33.2 (s.v.l.): [tense] pf.

    ἔσχημαι Paus.4.21.2

    ; also in compds., freq. written - ίσχημαι, -ήσχημαι in codd. of late authors. (I.-E. seĝh- (cf. Skt. sáhate 'overpower', Goth. sigis 'victory', Gr. ἔχ- dissim. fr. ἔχ-), reduced form sĝh-(σχ-), whence redupl. ἴσχω ( = si-sĝh-o) (q.v.): cf. ἕκ-τωρ, ἕξω, ἕξις; but hέχ- IG12.374.161, al., is a mere error (ἔχ- ib.12.116.4, 16).)
    A Trans., have, hold:
    I possess, of property, the most common usage, Od.2.336, 16.386, etc.; οἵ τι ἔχοντες the propertied class, Hdt.6.22; ὁ ἔχων a wealthy man, S.Aj. 157 (anap.);

    οἱ ἔχοντες E.Alc.57

    , Ar.Eq. 1295, Pl. 596; οἱ οὐκ ἔχοντες the poor, E.Supp. 240;

    κακὸν τὸ μὴ 'χειν Id.Ph. 405

    ; ἔχειν χρέα to have debts due to one, D. 36.41, cf. 37.12; to have received,

    θεῶν ἄπο κάλλος ἐ. h.Ven.77

    ;

    τι ἔκ τινος S.OC 1618

    ;

    παρά τινος Id.Aj. 663

    ;

    πρός τινος X.An.7.6.33

    , etc.;

    ὑπὸ.. θεοῖσι h.Ap. 191

    ; πλέον, ἔλασσον ἔ.. (v. h. vv.): in [tense] aor., acquire, get,

    ὄνομα E. Ion 997

    : also [tense] fut.

    σχήσω, δύναμιν Th.6.6

    ;

    λέχος E.Hel.30

    , cf. Pi.P.9.116:—[voice] Pass., to be possessed,

    ἔντεα.. μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται Il.18.130

    , cf. 197.
    2 keep, have charge of,

    ἔχον πατρώϊα ἔργα Od. 2.22

    ;

    κῆπον 4.737

    ;

    Εἰλείθυιαι.. ὠδῖνας ἔχουσαι Il.11.271

    ;

    πύλαι.., ἃς ἔχον Ὧραι 5.749

    , 8.393;

    τὰς ἀγέλας X.Cyr.7.3.7

    ; διαιτητῶν ἐχόντων τὰς δίκας having control of, D.47.45; to be engaged in, φυλακὰς ἔχον kept watch, Il.9.1, 471;

    σκοπιὴν ἔχεν Od.8.302

    ;

    ἀλαοσκοπιὴν εἶχε Il. 10.515

    , 13.10; σκοπιὴν ἔ. τινός for a thing, Hdt.5.13;

    δυσμενῶν θήραν ἔχων S.Aj. 564

    , etc.; ἐν χερσὶν ἔ. τι (v. χείρ).
    b metaph., of a patient, οὐκ ἔχει ἑωυτόν is not himself, Hp.Int.49.
    3 c. acc. loci, inhabit,

    οὐρανόν Il.21.267

    ;

    Ὄλυμπον 5.890

    ; haunt, [

    Νύμφαι] ἔχουσ' ὀρέων αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα Od.6.123

    ;

    Βρόμιος ἔχει τὸν χῶρον A.Eu.24

    ; esp. of tutelary gods and heroes, Th.2.74, X.Cyr.8.3.24; of men,

    πόλιν καὶ γαῖαν Od.6.177

    , 195, etc.; Θήβας ἔσχον ( ἔσχεν codd.) ruled it, E.HF 4; ἔχεις γὰρ χῶρον occupiest it, S.OC37, cf. Od.23.46; in military sense, ἔ. τὸ δεξιόν (with or without κέρας) Th.3.107, X.An.2.1.15; of beasts,

    τὰ ὄρη ἔ. Id.Cyn.5.12

    .
    4 have to wife or as husband (usu. without γυναῖκα, ἄνδρα)

    , οὕνεκ' ἔχεις Ἑλένην καί σφιν γαμβρὸς Διός ἐσσι Od. 4.569

    , cf.7.313, Il.3.53, etc.;

    ἔσχε ἄλλην ἀδελφεήν Hdt.3.31

    , cf. Th.2.29;

    νυμφίον Call.Aet.3.1.27

    ; also of a lover, Th.6.54, AP5.185 (Posidipp.), etc.;

    ἔχω Λαΐδα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔχομαι Aristipp.

     ap. D.L.2.75, cf. Ath. 12.544d:—in [voice] Pass.,

    τοῦ περ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ' Ἕκτορι Il.6.398

    .
    5 have in one's house, entertain, Od.17.515, 20.377, h.Ven. 231, 273.
    6 [tense] pres. part. with Verbs, almost, = with,

    ἤϊε ἔχων ταῦτα Hdt.3.128

    , cf. 2.115;

    ὃς ἂν ἥκῃ ἔχων στρατόν Id.7.8

    .δ', cf. X.Cyr.1.6.10.—Prose use.
    7 of Place, ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ ἔ. τι keep it on one's left, i.e. to keep to the right of it, Od.3.171;

    ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρὸς ἔ. 5.277

    ; ἐν δεξιᾷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔ., Th.3.106; τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑστάτους ἔ. X.Cyr.4.2.2: but in [tense] aor., get,

    περιπλώοντες τὴν Λιβύην τὸν ἥλιον ἔσχον ἐς τὰ δεξιά Hdt.4.42

    .
    8 of Habits, States, or Conditions, bodily or mental,

    γῆρας λυγρὸν ἔ Od.24.250

    ;

    ἀνεκτὸν ἔχει κακόν 20.83

    ;

    ἕλκος Il.16.517

    ;

    λύσσαν 9.305

    ;

    μάχην ἔ. 14.57

    ;

    ἀρετῆς πέρι δῆριν ἔ. Od.24.515

    ; ὕβριν ἔ. indulge in.., 1.368, etc.; [ Ἀφροδίτην] 22.445; [

    φρένας] ἔ. Il.13.394

    , etc.;

    βουλήν 2.344

    ;

    τλήμονα θυμόν 5.670

    ;

    τόνδε νόον καὶ θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἔχοντες 4.309

    , cf. Od.14.490 (for later senses of νοῦν ἔχειν, v. νοῦς)

    ; ἄλγεα Il.5.895

    , etc.;

    ἄχεα θυμῷ 3.412

    ;

    πένθος μετὰ φρεσίν 24.105

    ;

    πένθος φρεσίν Od.7.219

    ;

    πόνον.. καὶ ὀϊζύν Il.13.2

    , Od.8.529;

    οὐδὲν βίαιον Hdt.3.15

    ;

    πρήγματα ἔ. Id.7.147

    , cf. Pl.Tht. 174b, etc.: in periphrastic phrases, ποθὴν ἔ. τινός, = ποθεῖν, Il.6.362; ἐπιδευὲς ἔ. τινός, = ἐπιδεύεσθαι, 19.180; ἔ. τέλος, = τελεῖσθαι, 18.378; κότον ἔ. τινί, = κοτεῖσθαι, 13.517;

    ἐπιθυμίαν τινός E.Andr. 1281

    ;

    φροντίδα τινός Id.Med. 1301

    ; ἡσυχίην ἔ. keep quiet, Hdt.2.45, etc. ([tense] fut.

    ἡσυχίαν ἕξειν D.47.29

    , but οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως.. ἡ. σχήσει will not keep still for a moment, Id.1.14); αἰτίαν ἔ. to be accused, X.An.7.1.8;

    ὑπό τινος A.Eu.99

     (but μομφὴν ἔ., = μέμφεσθαι, E.Or. 1069, A.Pr. 445): in [tense] aor., of entering upon a state, ἔσχεν χόλον conceived anger, B. 5.104; ἔχειν τι κατά τινος have something against somebody, Ev.Matt.5.23, Ev.Marc.11.25, Apoc.2.4;

    ἔχω τι πρός τινα Act.Ap.24.19

    ;

    ἔχειν πρός τινα 2 Ep.Cor.5.12

    ;

    ἕξει πρὸς τὸν Θεόν JRS14.85

     ([place name] Laodicea): —these phrases are freq. inverted,

    οὓς ἔχε γῆρας Il.18.515

    ;

    οὐδὲ Ποσειδάωνα γέλως ἔχε Od.8.344

    ;

    ἀμηχανίη δ' ἔχε θυμόν 9.295

    ;

    θάμβος δ' ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας Il.4.79

    ;

    σ' αὔτως κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἔχει 17.143

    ;

    Διὸς αἴσῃ, ἥ μ' ἕξει παρὰ νηυσί 9.609

     (unless the antecedent is τιμῆς in 1.608);

    ὥς σφεας ἡσυχίη τῆς πολιορκίης ἔσχε Hdt.6.135

    ;

    ὄφρα με βίος ἔχῃ S.El. 225

     (lyr.): c. dupl. acc.,

    φόβος μ' ἔχει φρένας A.Supp. 379

    ; also of external objects,

    αἴθρη ἔχει κορυφήν Od.12.76

    ;

    μιν ἔχεν μένος ἠελίοιο 10.160

    ;

    σε οἶνος ἔχει φρένας 18.331

    ; ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξὺ γυναῖκα, of a woman in travail, Il.11.269; λόγος ἔχει τινά c. inf., the story goes, that.., S.OC 1573 (lyr.); and so in later Gr., Plu.Dem.28, Ph. 1.331, Ael.VH3.14, NA5.42, Ath.13.592e;

    ὡς ἡ φάτις μιν ἔχει Hdt. 7.3

    , cf. 5,26, 9.78 (but also

    ἔχει φάτιν Διονυσοφάνης θάψαι Μαρδόνιον Id.9.84

    ; [

    Κλεισθένης] λόγον ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι Id.5.66

    ); ὡς ἂν λόγος ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι .. Plu.Alex.38:—[voice] Pass.,

    ἔχεσθαι κακότητι καὶ ἄλγεσι Od.8.182

    ;

    κωκυτῷ καὶ οἰμωγῇ Il.22.409

    ;

    ὀργῇ Hdt.1.141

    ;

    νούσῳ Hp.Epid.5.6

    ;

    ἀγρυπνίῃσι Hdt.3.129

    ;

    ὑπὸ πυρετοῦ Hp.Aph.4.34

    ;

    ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕδρωπος Id.Prorrh.2.6

    ,

    ἐν ἀπόρῳ Th.1.25

    ;

    ἐν συμφοραῖς Pl.R. 395e

    .
    9 possess mentally, understand,

    ἵππων δμῆσιν Il.17.476

    ;

    τέχνην Hes.Th. 770

    ;

    πάντ' ἔχεις λόγον A. Ag. 582

    , cf. E.Alc.51;

    ἔχετε τὸ πρᾶγμα S.Ph. 789

    ; ἔχεις τι; do you understand? Ar.Nu. 733: imper. ἔχε attend! listen! Pl.Alc.1.109b; ἔ. οὖν ib. 129b: with imper.,

    ἔχ', ἀποκάθαιρε Ar. Pax 1193

    ;

    ἔ. νυν, ἄλειψον Id.Eq. 490

    ; ἔχεις τοῦτο ἰσχυρῶς; Pl.Tht. 154a; know of a thing,

    μαντικῆς ὁδόν S.OT 311

    ; τινὰ σωτηρίαν; E.Or. 778 (troch.).
    10 keep up, maintain, καναχὴν ἔχε made a rattling noise, Il.16.105, 794; βοὴν ἔχον, of flutes and lyres, 18.495.
    11 involve, admit of,

    τά γ' αἰσχρὰ κἀνθάδ' αἰσχύνην ἔχει E.Andr. 244

    , cf. Th.1.5;

    βάσανον Lys.12.31

    ;

    ταῦτ' ἀπιστίαν, ταῦτ' ὀργὴν ἔχει D.10.44

    ; ἀγανάκτησιν, κατάμεμψιν, Th.2.41;

    τὰ ἀόρατα νοσήματα δυσχερεστέραν ἔχει τὴν θεραπείαν Onos. 1.15

    .
    12 of Measure or Value,

    τὸ Δαμαρέτειον.. εἶχε Ἀττικὰς δραχμὰς δέκα D.S.11.26

    ;

    ἔχει τὸ Εὐβοϊκὸν τάλαντον Ἀλεξανδρείους δραχμὰς ἑπτακισχιλίας App.Sic.2.2

    ;

    χοῖρος ἔχων τὸ ὕψος δύο καὶ ἡμίσους πήχεων Ptol.Euerg.9

    .
    13 c. dupl.acc.,

    Ὀρφέα ἄνακτ' ἔχειν E.Hipp. 953

    ;

    Ζῆν' ἔχειν ἐπώμοτον S.Tr. 1188

    ;

    παιδιὰν ἔ. τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον Seleuc.

     Alex. ap. Ath.4.155e.
    II hold:
    1 hold, ἔ. χερσίν, ἐν χερσίν, μετὰ χερσίν, etc., v. χείρ; μετὰ γαμφηλῇσιν ἔ. Il.13.200; πρόσθεν ἔ. ἀσπίδα ib. 157; ὑψοῦ, πασάων ὑπέρ, ὄπιθεν κάρη ἔ., 6.509, Od.6.107, Il. 23.136; ἔ. τινί τι to hold it for him, as his helper, 9.209, 13.600; uphold,

    οὐρανὸν.. κεφαλῇ τε καὶ ἀκαμάτῃσι χέρεσσι Hes.Th. 517

    , 746; ἔχει δέ τε κίονας of Atlas, Od.1.53;

    ἐπ' ὤμων πατέρα S.Fr.

     373.
    2 hold fast, χειρὸς ἔχων Μενέλαον holding him by the hand, Il.4.154, cf. 16.763, 11.488 (v. infr. C.I); ἔ. τινὰ μέσον grip one by the middle, of wrestlers, Ar.Nu. 1047;

    ἔχομαι μέσος Id.Ach. 571

    , cf. Eq. 388, Ra. 469: metaph., ἔ. φρεσί keep in one's mind, Il.2.33;

    νῷ ἔ. τινά Pl.Euthphr.2b

    , cf. R. 490a.
    3 of arms and clothes, bear, wear,

    εἷμα δ' ἔχ' ἀμφ' ὤμοισι Il.18.538

    , cf. 595;

    παρδαλέην ὤμοισιν ἔ. 3.17

    ;

    σάκος ὤμῳ 14.376

    ;

    κυνέην κεφαλῇ Od.24.231

    ;

    τάδε εἵματ' ἔχω 17.24

    , cf. 573, etc.;

    στολὴν ἀμφὶ σῶμα E.Hel. 554

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.4.26, etc.; πολιὰς ἔχω I am grey-haired, Aeschin.1.49: abs., as a category, Arist.Cat. 2a3.
    4 of a woman, to be pregnant, Hdt.5.41, Hp.Epid.4.21, Arist.Pol. 1335b18; in full

    ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. Hdt.3.32

    ; also

    πρὸς ἑωυτῇ ἔχειν Hp.Epid.1.26

    .ιγ.
    b παῖδα ἔσχεν she had, i.e. bore, a child, Nic.Dam.11 J.
    5 support, sustain, esp. an attack, c. acc. pers., Il.13.51, 20.27; cf. B.I.1, C. 111.
    6 hold fast, keep close, ὀχῆες εἶχον [πύλας] 12.456;

    θύρην ἔχε μοῦνος ἐπιβλής 24.453

    .
    7 enclose,

    φρένες ἧπαρ ἔχουσι Od.9.301

    ;

    σάρκας τε καὶ ὀστέα ἶνες ἔ. 11.219

    ;

    τοὺς δ' ἄκραντος ἔχει νύξ A.Ch.65

     (lyr.); of places, contain,

    θηρῶν οὓς ὅδ' ἔχει χῶρος S.Ph. 1147

     (lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.5.4; [

    τεῖχος] νῆας ἐντὸς ἔχον Il.12.8

    ;

    ὅσσους Κρήτη ἐντὸς ἔχει h.Ap.30

    .
    8 hold or keep in a certain direction, ὀϊστὸν ἔχε aimed it, Il.23.871; more fully

    χεῖράς τε καὶ ἔγχεα.. ἀντίον ἀλλήλων 5.569

    ; of horses or ships, guide, drive, steer,

    πεδίονδ' ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους 3.263

    , cf. 11.760;

    φόβονδε 8.139

    ;

    τῇ ῥα.. ἔχον ἵππους 5.752

    , etc.;

    παρὲξ ἔχε δίφρον Hes.Sc. 352

    ;

    ὅπῃ ἔσχες.. εὐεργέα νῆα Od.9.279

    ;

    παρὰ τὴν ἤπειρον ἔ. νέας Hdt.6.95

    , etc.: abs., τῇ ῥ' ἔχε that way he held his course, Il.16.378, cf. 23.422; Πύλονδ' ἔχον I held on to Pylos, Od.3.182, cf. S.El. 720: metaph.,

    ἐπὶ ῥητορείαν ἔσχε Hsch.Mil.

    (?)ap.Sch.Pl.R. 600c; also (esp. in [tense] fut. σχήσω, [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον), put in, land,

    νέες ἔσχον ἐς τὴν Ἀργολίδα χώρην Hdt. 6.92

    ;

    σχεῖν πρὸς τὴν Σαλαμῖνα Id.8.40

    ; ἐς Φειάν, τῷ Δήλῳ, κατὰ τὸ Ποσειδώνιον, Th.2.25,3.29, 4.129;

    τάχ' οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε S.Ph. 305

    ; ποῖ σχήσειν δοκεῖς; Ar.Ra. 188; ἔχε.. ἀρὰν ἐπ' ἄλλοις point it against others, S.Ph. 1119 (lyr.); ὄμμ' ἔ. to turn or keep one's eye fixed, Id.Aj. 191 (lyr.);

    ἐπὶ ἔργῳ θυμὸν ἔ. Hes.Op. 445

    ;

    ἄλλοσ' ὄμμα θητέρᾳ δὲ νοῦν ἔ. S.Tr. 272

    ;

    τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐκεῖσ' ἔχει E.Ph. 360

    ; δεῦρο νοῦν ἔχε attend to this, Id.Or. 1181; πρός τινα or πρός τι τὸν νοῦν ἔ., Th.3.22, 7.19; so

    πρός τινα τὴν γνώμην ἔ. Id.3.25

    .
    9 hold in, stay, keep back,

    ἵππους Il.4.302

    , 16.712; check, stop, [ τινα] 23.720, etc. ( σχήσω is usu. [tense] fut. in this sense,

    τὸ πεπρωμένον οὐ σιδάρεον σχήσει τεῖχος Pi.Fr. 232

    , cf. Il.11.820, Ar.Lys. 284, D.19.272, but

    ἕξω Il.13.51

    ); χεῖρας ἔχων Ἀχιλῆος holding his hands, 18.33; but οὐ σχήσει χεῖρας will not stay his hands, Od.22.70; ἔ. [δάκρυον] 16.191; ἔ. ὀδύνας allay, assuage them, Il.11.848;

    ἔσχε κῦμα Od.5.451

    ;

    σιγῇ μῦθον 19.502

     (so

    εἶχε σιγῇ καὶ ἔφραζε οὐδενί Hdt.9.93

    );

    ἐν φρεσὶ μῦθον Od.15.445

    ; στόμα σῖγα, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, E.Hipp. 660, Fr.773.61 (lyr.);

    πόδα Id.IT 1159

    ; πόδα ἔξω or ἐκτός τινος ἔχειν, v. πούς:—[voice] Pass.,

    οὖρα σχεθέντα Aret.SA 2.5

    .
    10 keep away from, c. gen.rei, τινὰ ἀγοράων, νεῶν, Il.2.275, 13.687;

    γόων S.El. 375

    ;

    φόνου E.HF 1005

    : c.inf.,

    ἦ τινα.. σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι Il.17.182

    ; stop, hinder from doing,

    τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι X. An.3.5.11

    , cf. HG4.8.5;

    ἔσχον μὴ κτανεῖν E.Andr. 686

    , cf. Hdt.1.158, etc.;

    μὴ οὐ τάδ' ἐξειπεῖν E.Hipp. 658

    ; ὥστε μή .. X.An.3.5.11;

    τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu. 691

    , cf. Hdt.5.101: also c. part.,

    ἔ. τινὰ βουθυτοῦντα S.OC 888

     (troch.);

    μαργῶντα E.Ph. 1156

    .
    11 keep back, withhold a thing,

    ὅς οἱ χρήματα εἶχε βίῃ Od.15.231

    , cf. D.30.14;

    Ἕκτορ' ἔχει.. οὐδ' ἀπέλυσεν Il.24.115

    , cf. 136; αὐτὸς ἔχε pray keep it, a civil form of declining, E.Cyc. 270.
    12 hold in guard, keep safe, Il.24.730; of armour, protect, 22.322.
    13 with predicate, keep in a condition or place,

    εἶχον ἀτρέμας σφέας αὐτούς Hdt.9.54

    , cf. 53, Ar.Th. 230;

    ἔ. ἑωυτοὺς κατ' οἴκους Hdt.3.79

    ;

    σαυτὸν ἐκποδών A.Pr. 346

    , cf. X.Cyr.6.1.37;

    σῖγα νάπη φύλλ' εἶχε E.Ba. 1085

    ;

    τοὺς στρατιώτας πολὺν χρόνον πειθομένους ἔ. X.Cyr.7.2.11

    .
    14 hold, consider,

    τινὰ θέᾳ ἰκέλαν Sapph. Supp.25.3

     (dub.), cf. E.Supp. 164;

    τινὰ ὡς προφήτην Ev.Matt.14.5

    ;

    τινὰ ὅτι προφήτης ἦν Ev.Marc.11.32

    ;

    ἔχε με παρῃτημένον Ev.Luc.14.18

    , cf.POxy.292.6 (i A.D.).
    III c.inf., have means or power to do, to be able, c. [tense] aor. inf., Il.7.217, 16.110, etc.: c. [tense] pres. inf., Od.18.364, etc.;

    πόλλ' ἂν λέγειν ἔχοιμι S.Ph. 1047

    : sts. with inf. omitted or supplied from context, ἀλλ' οὔ πως ἔτι εἶχε he could not, Il.17.354; οἷά κ' ἔχωμεν so far as we be able, Od.15.281;

    ἐξ οἵων ἔχω S.El. 1379

    ;

    ὅσον εἶχες E.IA 1452

    ;

    ὡς ἔχω Id.Hec. 614

    .
    b have to face, be obliged,

    παθεῖν Porph. Chr.63

    ;

    εἰ ἕξω βλαβῆναι Astramps.Orac.p.5

     H.;

    βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι Ev.Luc.12.50

    .
    2 after Hom., οὐκ ἔχω, folld. by a dependent clause, I know not..,

    οὐκ εἶχον τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905

    , cf. Isoc.12.130;

    οὐδ' ἔχω πῶς με χρὴ.. ἀφανίσαι S.OC 1710

    ;

    οὐκ ἔχων ὅ τι χρὴ λέγειν X.Cyr.1.4.24

    ;

    οὐκ ἔχω ποῖ πέσω S.Tr. 705

    ;

    ὅπως μολούμεθ' οὐκ ἔχω Id.OC 1743

    ; the two constructions combined,

    οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν οὔτ' ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ' ὅπως.. πράξαιμεν Id.Ant. 270

    .
    IV impers. c. acc., there is.. (as in Mod. Gr.),

    ἔχει δὲ φυλακτήριον πρὸς τὸ μή σε καταπεσεῖν PMag.Par.1.2505

    , cf. 1262, 1840.
    B intrans., hold oneself, i.e. keep, so and so, ἔχον [οὕτως], ὥς τε τάλαντα γυνή (sc. ἔχει) kept balanced, like the scales which.., Il.12.433; ἕξω δ' ὡς ὅτε τις στερεὴ λίθος I will keep unmoved, as a stone.., Od.19.494, cf. Il.13.679, 24.27;

    νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν 5.492

    ; ἔγχος ἔχ' ἀτρέμας it kept still, 13.557; σχὲς οὗπερ εἶ keep where thou art, S.OC 1169;

    ἕξειν κατὰ χώραν Ar.Ra. 793

    , cf. Hdt.6.42, X.Oec.10.10; διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχοντες to keep on their guard, Th.2.81; ἔχε ἠρέμα keep still, Pl.Cra. 399e, etc.; ἔχε δή stay now, Id.Prt. 349e, Grg. 460a, etc.;

    ἔχ' αὐτοῦ D.45.26

    .
    6
    3 c. gen., keep from,

    πολέμου Th.1.112

     (cf. c. IV).
    4 with Preps., to be engaged or busy,

    ἀμφί τι A.Th. 102

     (lyr.), X.An.5.2.26, etc.;

    περί τινας Id.HG7.4.28

    .
    II simply, be,

    ἑκὰς εἶχον Od.12.435

    ;

    ἔ. κατ' οἴκους Hdt.6.39

    ;

    περὶ πολλῶν ἔ. πρηγμάτων Id.3.128

    ; ἀγῶνα διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχοντα consisting in.., Id.2.91;

    ἔ. ἐν ἀνάγκαισι E.Ba. 88

     (lyr.);

    ὅπου συμφορᾶς ἔχεις Id.El. 238

    ;

    ἐκποδὼν ἔχειν Id.IT 1226

    , etc.
    2 freq. with Advbs. of manner,

    εὖ ἔχει Od.24.245

    , etc.; καλῶς ἔχει, κακῶς ἔχει, it is, is going on well or ill, v. καλός, κακός (but [tense] fut. σχήσειν καλῶς will turn out well, D.1.9, cf. 18.45;

    εὖ σχήσει S.Aj. 684

    ); οὕτως.. σχεῖν to turn out, happen thus, Pl.Ap. 39b; οὕτως ἔχει so the case stands, Ar.Pl. 110; οὕτως ἐχόντων, Lat. cum res ita se habeant, X.An.3.2.10;

    ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων S.Aj. 981

    ;

    οὕτω χρὴ διὰ στέρνων ἔχειν Id.Ant. 639

    ;

    οὕτως ἔ. περί τινος X.Mem.4.8.7

    , cf. Hdt.6.16;

    πρός τι D. 9.45

    ;

    τῇδ' ἔ. S.Ph. 1336

    ;

    κοσμίως ἔ. Ar.Th. 854

    ;

    ἥδιον ἔ. πρός τινας D.9.63

    ; ὡς εἶχε just as he was, Hdt.1.114;

    ὥσπερ εἶχε Th.1.134

    , X. HG4.1.30; ὡς ἔχω how I am, Ar.Lys. 610;

    ὥσπερ ἔχομεν Th.3.30

    ;

    τἀναντία εἶχεν D.9.41

    ; ἀσφαλέως, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει, = ἀσφαλές, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι, Hdt.1.86,9.27; καλῶς ἔχει no, I thank you, v. καλός.
    b c. gen. modi, εὖ ἔ. τινός to be well off for a thing, abound in it; καλῶς ἔ. μέθης to be well off for drink, i.e. to be pretty well drunk, Hdt. 5.20; σπόρου ἀνακῶς ἐ. to be busy with sowing, Id.8.109; εὖ ἐ. φρενῶν, σώματος, E.Hipp. 462, Pl.R. 404d;

    εὖ ὥρας ἔχον χωρίον Poll.5.108

    ; cf. ἥκω; so ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον as fast as they could go, Hdt.6.116, 9.59;

    ὡς τάχεος εἶχε ἕκαστος Id.8.107

    ;

    ὡς.. τις εὐνοίας ἢ μνήμης ἔχοι Th.1.22

    ;

    ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω S.OT 345

    , cf. E.Hel. 313, 857, etc.; πῶς ἔχεις δόξης; Pl.R. 456d;

    οὕτω τρόπου ἔχεις X.Cyr.7.5.56

    ;

    μετρίως ἔ. βίου Hdt.1.32

    ;

    ὑγιεινῶς ἔ. αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ καὶ σωφρόνως Pl.R. 571d

    ;

    οὐκ εὖ σεαυτοῦ τυγχάνεις ἔχων Philem.4.11

    : also c. acc.,

    εὖ ἔ. τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Grg. 464a

    , cf. X.Oec.21.7: c. dat.,

    οὕτως ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει D.18.315

    ;

    πῶς ἔχετε ταῖς διανοίαις Lycurg.75

    ;

    τῇ λέξει κακῶς ἔ. Isoc.9.10

    .
    III of direction, hold or turn towards, v. supr. A.11.8.
    3 lead towards,

    ὁδοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἔ. Hdt.1.180

    , cf. 191, 2.17; ἔ. εἴς τι to be directed, point towards,

    ἔχθρης ἐχούσης ἐς Ἀθηναίους Id.5.81

    ; τὸ ἐς τοὺς Ἀργείους ἔχον what concerns them, Id.6.19; ταῦτα ἐς τὴν ἀπόστασιν ἔχοντα ib.2, etc.; of Place, extend, reach to,

    ἐπ' ὅσον ἔποψις τοῦ ἱροῦ εἶχε Id.1.64

    .
    4 ἐπί τινι ἔ. have hostile feelings to wards.., Id.6.49, S.Ant. 987 (lyr.).
    IV after Hom., ἔχω as auxiliary, c. [tense] aor. part. giving a perfect sense,

    κρύψαντες ἔχουσι Hes.Op.42

    ;

    ἀποκληΐσας ἔχεις Hdt.1.37

    ;

    ἐγκλῄσασ' ἔχει Ar.Ec. 355

    , cf. Th. 706; freq. in S.,

    θαυμάσας ἔχω OC 1140

    , cf. Ant.22, al.: also in late Prose,

    ἀναλώσας ἔχεις Aristid. Or.18(20).1

    ;

    ὅς σφε νῦν ἀτιμάσας ἔχει E.Med.33

    : less freq. c. [tense] pf. part., S.OT 701, Ph. 600, X.An.1.3.14,4.7.1: rarely c. [tense] pres. part.,

    πατρίδα καταστένουσ' ἔχεις E.Tr. 318

     (lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.10.11.
    2 part. ἔχων, with [tense] pres., adds a notion of duration to that of present action, τί κυπτάζεις ἔ.; why do you keep poking about there? Ar.Nu. 509; τί δῆτα διατρίβεις ἔ.; why then keep wasting time? Id.Ec. 1151; τί γὰρ ἕστηκ' ἔ.; ib. 853, cf. Th. 473, 852: without interrog., φλυαρεῖς ἔ., ἔ. φλυαρεῖς, you keep chattering, Pl.Grg. 490e, Euthd. 295c;

    κακοῦν ἔχοντ' αὐτὸν ἀποκτιννύναι D.23.35

     (and so possibly

    ἐνεργεῖ ἔ. Arist.Metaph. 1072b23

    );

    παίσδεις ἔ. Theoc.14.8

    : so in later Prose,

    παίζεις ἔ. Luc. Icar.24

    ; but ῥιπτεῖς ἔ.; do you throw away the prize when it is in your grasp? Aristid.1.443 J.
    C [voice] Med., hold oneself fast, cling closely,

    τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην Od. 12.433

    , cf. Il.1.513, etc.;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν Od.5.329

    : mostly c. gen., hold on by, cling to, [ πέτρης] ib. 429;

    χερσὶν ἀώτου 9.435

    ;

    βρετέων A. Th.98

     (lyr.);

    ἑξόμεσθάσου Ar.Pl. 101

    ; τῆς πληγῆς ἔχ εται claps his hand on the place struck, D.4.40.
    2 metaph., cleave, cling to,

    ἔργου Hdt. 8.11

    , X.HG7.2.19;

    γεωργίας BGU7.6

     (iii A.D.);

    τῶν πραγμάτων Jul. Or.1.19a

    ; βιοτᾶς, ἐλπίδος, E. Ion 491, Fr. 409;

    τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης Th.1.140

    ; lay hold on, take advantage of,

    τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο Thgn.32

    ;

    προφάσιος ἔχεσθαι Hdt.6.94

    ; fasten upon, attack, D.18.79; lay claim to,

    ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐπωνυμιέων Hdt.2.17

    ; to be zealous for, [ μάχης] S.OC 424;

    ἀληθείας Pl.Lg. 709c

    ;

    κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας X.An.6.3.17

    , etc.
    3 come next to, follow closely, ib.1.8.4;

    ἕπεσθαι ἐχομένους ὅτι μάλιστα τῶν ἁρμάτων Id.Cyr.7.1.9

    ; of peoples or places, to be close, border on, c. gen., Hdt.4.169, Th.2.96, etc.; freq. in part., τὴν ἐχομένην [τῶν νεωρίων] στοάν Aen. Tact.11.3; οἱ ἐ. the neighbouring people, Hdt.1.134; ὁ ἐχόμενος the next man, Aen.Tact.22.27; of Time, τὸ ἐχόμενον ἔτος the next year, Th.6.3;

    ὁ ἐ. διαλογισμός PRev.Laws 16.15

     (iii B.C.); τὰ ἐχόμενα τούτοις what follows, Pl.Grg. 494e (without

    τούτοις Isoc.6.29

    ).
    4 depend,

    ἔκ τινος Od.6.197

    , 11.346: c. gen.,

    σέο δ' ἕξεται Il.9.102

    .
    5 pertain to,

    ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων Pl.Lg. 661b

    ;

    ἃ διδασκάλων εἴχετο Id.Prt. 319e

    ;

    ὅσα τέχνης ἔχεται Id.Men. 94b

    , etc.: esp. in Hdt. in periphrases, τὰ τῶν ὀνειράτων, καρπῶν ἐχόμενα, 1.120, 193;

    ὀρνίθων ἢ ἰχθύων 2.77

    ; σιτίων, ἐσθῆτος, 3.25,66.
    III maintain oneself, hold one's ground, 12.126;

    ἔχεο κρατερῶς 16.501

    .
    2 c. acc., keep off from oneself, repel, 17.639 (unless σχήσεσθαι is [voice] Pass., cf. 9.235).
    IV keep oneself back, abstain or refrain from, ἀϋτῆς, μάχης, 2.98, 3.84;

    βίης Od.4.422

    ;

    ἐχώμεθα δηϊοτῆτος ἐκ βελέων Il.14.129

    ;

    τῆς ἀγωγῆς Hdt.6.85

    ;

    τῆς τιμωρίης Id.7.169

    ;

    τῶν ἀθίκτων S.OT 891

     (lyr., s.v.l.): c.inf., A.R.1.328;

    οὐκ ἂν ἐσχόμην τὸ μὴ ἀποκλῇσαι S.OT 1387

    ; κακῶν ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι to keep one's hands from ill, Od.22.316;

    Μενέλεω σχέσθαι χέρα E.Rh. 174

    : abs., σχέο, σχέσθε, hold! cease! Il.21.379, 22.416.
    ------------------------------------
    ἔχω (B),
    A bear, carry, bring, imper.

    ϝεχέτω Schwyzer 686.24

     (Pamphyl., iv B. C.): [ per.] 3sg. [tense] aor. 1

    ἔϝεξε

     brought as an offering,

    Inscr.Cypr. 66

     H. (Cf. Skt. váhati, Lat. veho, Γαιάϝοχος.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔχω

  • 9 -ne

    1.
    nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > -ne

  • 10 n'

    1.
    nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > n'

  • 11 ne

    1.
    nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
    I.
    Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;

    and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,

    Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:

    DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
    2.
    To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
    a.
    Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:

    ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:

    Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,

    id. Att. 14, 12, 2:

    nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,

    id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:

    non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,

    id. Mil. 29, 78:

    vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,

    id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:

    ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,

    id. Mil. 1, 2:

    ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,

    Verg. G. 3, 561;

    so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:

    nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,

    id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:

    non praetermittam ne illud quidem,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:

    Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,

    id. ib. 2, 16, 5:

    numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,

    id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:

    sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:

    neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,

    Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
    b.
    In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
    B.
    With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
    1.
    In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
    (α).
    With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):

    VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.

    art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:

    ah, ne saevi tantopere,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:

    impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:

    ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,

    Verg. A. 6, 832.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    ne me moveatis,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:

    si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:

    si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,

    Cic. Clu. 2, 6:

    ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,

    Hor. A. P. 406.—
    2.
    In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:

    ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,

    id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):

    illud utinam ne vere scriberem!

    Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:

    ne vivam, si scio,

    may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:

    sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,

    id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:

    ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,

    id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
    3.
    In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
    (α).
    In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:

    ego enim, etc.,

    there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:

    pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,

    id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:

    ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:

    ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,

    id. Sen. 11, 34:

    ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,

    id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:

    nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?

    though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
    (β).
    In restrictive clauses:

    sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,

    only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:

    vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
    4.
    In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
    a.
    Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:

    haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:

    ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,

    id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:

    excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
    b.
    Ut... ne separated:

    quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:

    ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:

    lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:

    vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
    c.
    Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):

    ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:

    moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,

    Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
    II.
    In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
    A.
    In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):

    omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:

    Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:

    vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:

    considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:

    Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,

    Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
    B.
    After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):

    metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,

    that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:

    timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,

    id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:

    vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:

    metuebat ne indicarent,

    Cic. Mil. 21, 57:

    mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,

    id. Mur. 41, 88:

    hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,

    id. Att. 5, 21, 3:

    id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:

    esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 715:

    terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:

    non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:

    pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,

    Liv. 24, 42 —
    b.
    When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:

    vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,

    Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:

    unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,

    id. ib. 5, 18, 1:

    timeo ne non impetrem,

    id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
    c.
    With the negative before the verb:

    non vereor, ne quid temere facias,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:

    timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
    C.
    After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:

    qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;

    v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,

    Cic. Fat. 1, 1:

    unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,

    Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
    2.
    - nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;

    which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
    (α).
    In direct interrogations, with indic.:

    meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:

    potestne rerum major esse dissensio?

    id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:

    tune id veritus es?

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:

    jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,

    id. Pis. 1, 1:

    quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:

    quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?

    Verg. A. 4, 538:

    tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:

    valuistin?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:

    satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:

    pergin autem?

    id. ib. 1, 3, 41:

    vin commutemus?

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
    (β).
    Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;

    so quin for quine,

    id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:

    utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:

    sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
    (γ).
    In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:

    ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:

    Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,

    id. Att. 12, 24, 1:

    videto vasa, multane sient,

    Cato, R. R. 1:

    quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
    (δ).
    Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:

    quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:

    uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?

    id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:

    illa rogare: Quantane?

    id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
    (ε).
    -ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:

    misine ego ad te epistulam?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:

    rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
    (ζ).
    Rarely = num:

    potestne virtus servire?

    Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:

    potesne dicere?

    id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
    b.
    With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):

    est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:

    sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):

    Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:

    ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,

    Liv. 5, 28, 5:

    cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,

    Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
    3.
    nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
    I.
    In gen.:

    ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:

    ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:

    ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,

    id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:

    ne iste,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
    II.
    Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:

    ne tu hercle,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:

    edepol ne ego,

    id. Men. 5, 5, 10:

    edepol ne tu,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 50:

    ne ista edepol,

    id. Am. 2, 2, 213:

    ne istuc mecastor,

    id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):

    ne ille, medius fidius,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:

    medius fidius ne tu,

    id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:

    edepol ne meam operam, etc.,

    Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ne

  • 12 MEINA

    * * *
    I)
    (að), v.
    1) to harm, do harm to (m. e-m);
    2) to hinder, prevent;
    3) to forbid, prohibit (ekki mun ek m. öðrum mönnum at halda þá trú, er þeim sýnist).
    (-ta), v. to mean (rare).
    * * *
    irreg., pret. meinti, but pres. meina, meinar; part. meint; [a for. word from the Engl. or Germ.; it first occurs about or a little before the time of the Reformation; Germ. meinen; Engl. mean]:—to mean; the passage, Landn. 333, is in the words of Björn á Skarðsá; ek meinti, Bárð. 6 new Ed., is from a paper MS., as are also Fas. i. 499 and iii. 488; the word, however, occurs in the Ósv. S. (a vellum of the 15th century), and is naturalised in mod. usage, Vídal., Pass., N. T. passim.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > MEINA

  • 13 abverto

    ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):

    ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:

    Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,

    id. Am. 3, 2, 18:

    (M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:

    aliquid ab oculis,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:

    nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,

    turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:

    locis seminis ic tum,

    Lucr. 4, 1273:

    Italiā Teucrorum regem,

    Verg. A. 1, 42:

    a ceteris omnium in se oculos,

    Liv. 2, 5, 6:

    in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,

    id. 3, 24, 9:

    ab hominibus ad deos preces,

    id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:

    quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,

    Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:

    Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,

    Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:

    in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,

    id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:

    mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),

    put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—
    b.
    Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:

    equus fontes avertitur,

    Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):

    oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—
    c.
    As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:

    ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:

    ecce avortit,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 50:

    dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,

    Verg. A. 1, 402:

    tum prora avertit,

    id. ib. 1, 104:

    avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,

    Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —
    B.
    To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:

    pecuniam publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:

    compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,

    Tac. H. 1, 53:

    aliquid domum tuam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    praedam omnem domum avertebant,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 59:

    intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:

    auratam Colchis pellem,

    to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:

    quattuor a stabulis tauros,

    Verg. A. 8, 208:

    avertere praedas,

    id. ib. 10, 78:

    carā pisces avertere mensā,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:

    accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,

    Cic. Mur. 21:

    avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,

    Liv. 9, 24, 11:

    qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,

    Cic. Sest. 31:

    ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,

    Liv. 1, 28, 5:

    animum a pietate,

    id. 7, 5, 7:

    aliquem ab incepto avertit,

    id. 23, 18, 9:

    a philosophiā,

    Suet. Ner. 52.—
    B.
    Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:

    legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 3:

    ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,

    had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:

    civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,

    id. ib. 3, 79:

    popularium animos,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    nobis mentem deorum,

    Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:

    et adversus et aversus impudicus es,

    before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:

    canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,

    Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:

    ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,

    from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    aversos proterere,

    id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;

    32: aversum ferro transfixit,

    Nep. Dat. 11, 5:

    aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,

    backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:

    Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,

    Tac. A. 1, 66:

    scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,

    upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:

    milites aversi a proelio,

    withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):

    per aversa castrorum receptus est,

    Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:

    per aversa urbis fugam dederat,

    Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:

    aversa montis,

    Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:

    Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):

    collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,

    id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —
    B.
    Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.
    (α).
    With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):

    aversus a Musis,

    Cic. Arch. 9, 20:

    aversus a vero,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:

    turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,

    id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:

    Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,

    id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:

    aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,

    Sen. Ep. 50.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aversus mercaturis,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:

    vilicus aversus contubernio,

    Col. 12, 1, 2:

    defensioni aversior,

    Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    aversa deae mens,

    Verg. A. 2, 170:

    aversa voluntas,

    id. ib. 12, 647:

    aversos soliti componere amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    aversus animus,

    Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:

    vultus aversior,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 24:

    aversi animis,

    Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > abverto

  • 14 aversum

    ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):

    ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:

    Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,

    id. Am. 3, 2, 18:

    (M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:

    aliquid ab oculis,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:

    nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,

    turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:

    locis seminis ic tum,

    Lucr. 4, 1273:

    Italiā Teucrorum regem,

    Verg. A. 1, 42:

    a ceteris omnium in se oculos,

    Liv. 2, 5, 6:

    in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,

    id. 3, 24, 9:

    ab hominibus ad deos preces,

    id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:

    quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,

    Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:

    Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,

    Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:

    in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,

    id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:

    mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),

    put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—
    b.
    Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:

    equus fontes avertitur,

    Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):

    oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—
    c.
    As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:

    ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:

    ecce avortit,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 50:

    dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,

    Verg. A. 1, 402:

    tum prora avertit,

    id. ib. 1, 104:

    avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,

    Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —
    B.
    To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:

    pecuniam publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:

    compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,

    Tac. H. 1, 53:

    aliquid domum tuam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    praedam omnem domum avertebant,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 59:

    intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:

    auratam Colchis pellem,

    to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:

    quattuor a stabulis tauros,

    Verg. A. 8, 208:

    avertere praedas,

    id. ib. 10, 78:

    carā pisces avertere mensā,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:

    accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,

    Cic. Mur. 21:

    avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,

    Liv. 9, 24, 11:

    qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,

    Cic. Sest. 31:

    ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,

    Liv. 1, 28, 5:

    animum a pietate,

    id. 7, 5, 7:

    aliquem ab incepto avertit,

    id. 23, 18, 9:

    a philosophiā,

    Suet. Ner. 52.—
    B.
    Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:

    legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 3:

    ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,

    had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:

    civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,

    id. ib. 3, 79:

    popularium animos,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    nobis mentem deorum,

    Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:

    et adversus et aversus impudicus es,

    before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:

    canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,

    Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:

    ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,

    from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    aversos proterere,

    id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;

    32: aversum ferro transfixit,

    Nep. Dat. 11, 5:

    aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,

    backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:

    Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,

    Tac. A. 1, 66:

    scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,

    upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:

    milites aversi a proelio,

    withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):

    per aversa castrorum receptus est,

    Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:

    per aversa urbis fugam dederat,

    Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:

    aversa montis,

    Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:

    Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):

    collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,

    id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —
    B.
    Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.
    (α).
    With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):

    aversus a Musis,

    Cic. Arch. 9, 20:

    aversus a vero,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:

    turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,

    id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:

    Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,

    id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:

    aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,

    Sen. Ep. 50.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aversus mercaturis,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:

    vilicus aversus contubernio,

    Col. 12, 1, 2:

    defensioni aversior,

    Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    aversa deae mens,

    Verg. A. 2, 170:

    aversa voluntas,

    id. ib. 12, 647:

    aversos soliti componere amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    aversus animus,

    Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:

    vultus aversior,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 24:

    aversi animis,

    Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aversum

  • 15 averto

    ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):

    ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:

    Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,

    id. Am. 3, 2, 18:

    (M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:

    aliquid ab oculis,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:

    nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,

    turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:

    locis seminis ic tum,

    Lucr. 4, 1273:

    Italiā Teucrorum regem,

    Verg. A. 1, 42:

    a ceteris omnium in se oculos,

    Liv. 2, 5, 6:

    in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,

    id. 3, 24, 9:

    ab hominibus ad deos preces,

    id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:

    quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,

    Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:

    Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,

    Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:

    in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,

    id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:

    mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),

    put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—
    b.
    Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:

    equus fontes avertitur,

    Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):

    oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—
    c.
    As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:

    ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:

    ecce avortit,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 50:

    dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,

    Verg. A. 1, 402:

    tum prora avertit,

    id. ib. 1, 104:

    avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,

    Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —
    B.
    To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:

    pecuniam publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:

    compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,

    Tac. H. 1, 53:

    aliquid domum tuam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    praedam omnem domum avertebant,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 59:

    intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:

    auratam Colchis pellem,

    to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:

    quattuor a stabulis tauros,

    Verg. A. 8, 208:

    avertere praedas,

    id. ib. 10, 78:

    carā pisces avertere mensā,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:

    accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,

    Cic. Mur. 21:

    avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,

    Liv. 9, 24, 11:

    qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,

    Cic. Sest. 31:

    ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,

    Liv. 1, 28, 5:

    animum a pietate,

    id. 7, 5, 7:

    aliquem ab incepto avertit,

    id. 23, 18, 9:

    a philosophiā,

    Suet. Ner. 52.—
    B.
    Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:

    legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 3:

    ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,

    had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:

    civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,

    id. ib. 3, 79:

    popularium animos,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    nobis mentem deorum,

    Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:

    et adversus et aversus impudicus es,

    before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:

    canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,

    Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:

    ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,

    from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    aversos proterere,

    id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;

    32: aversum ferro transfixit,

    Nep. Dat. 11, 5:

    aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,

    backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:

    Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,

    Tac. A. 1, 66:

    scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,

    upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:

    milites aversi a proelio,

    withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):

    per aversa castrorum receptus est,

    Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:

    per aversa urbis fugam dederat,

    Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:

    aversa montis,

    Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:

    Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):

    collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,

    id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —
    B.
    Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.
    (α).
    With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):

    aversus a Musis,

    Cic. Arch. 9, 20:

    aversus a vero,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:

    turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,

    id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:

    Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,

    id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:

    aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,

    Sen. Ep. 50.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aversus mercaturis,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:

    vilicus aversus contubernio,

    Col. 12, 1, 2:

    defensioni aversior,

    Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    aversa deae mens,

    Verg. A. 2, 170:

    aversa voluntas,

    id. ib. 12, 647:

    aversos soliti componere amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    aversus animus,

    Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:

    vultus aversior,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 24:

    aversi animis,

    Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > averto

  • 16 avorto

    ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):

    ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:

    Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,

    id. Am. 3, 2, 18:

    (M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:

    aliquid ab oculis,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:

    nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,

    turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:

    locis seminis ic tum,

    Lucr. 4, 1273:

    Italiā Teucrorum regem,

    Verg. A. 1, 42:

    a ceteris omnium in se oculos,

    Liv. 2, 5, 6:

    in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,

    id. 3, 24, 9:

    ab hominibus ad deos preces,

    id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:

    quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,

    Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:

    Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,

    Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:

    in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,

    id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:

    mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),

    put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—
    b.
    Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:

    equus fontes avertitur,

    Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):

    oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—
    c.
    As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:

    ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:

    ecce avortit,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 50:

    dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,

    Verg. A. 1, 402:

    tum prora avertit,

    id. ib. 1, 104:

    avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,

    Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —
    B.
    To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:

    pecuniam publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:

    compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,

    Tac. H. 1, 53:

    aliquid domum tuam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    praedam omnem domum avertebant,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 59:

    intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:

    auratam Colchis pellem,

    to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:

    quattuor a stabulis tauros,

    Verg. A. 8, 208:

    avertere praedas,

    id. ib. 10, 78:

    carā pisces avertere mensā,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:

    accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,

    Cic. Mur. 21:

    avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,

    Liv. 9, 24, 11:

    qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,

    Cic. Sest. 31:

    ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,

    Liv. 1, 28, 5:

    animum a pietate,

    id. 7, 5, 7:

    aliquem ab incepto avertit,

    id. 23, 18, 9:

    a philosophiā,

    Suet. Ner. 52.—
    B.
    Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:

    legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 3:

    ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,

    had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:

    civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,

    id. ib. 3, 79:

    popularium animos,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    nobis mentem deorum,

    Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:

    et adversus et aversus impudicus es,

    before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:

    canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,

    Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:

    ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,

    from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    aversos proterere,

    id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;

    32: aversum ferro transfixit,

    Nep. Dat. 11, 5:

    aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,

    backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:

    Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,

    Tac. A. 1, 66:

    scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,

    upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:

    milites aversi a proelio,

    withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):

    per aversa castrorum receptus est,

    Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:

    per aversa urbis fugam dederat,

    Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:

    aversa montis,

    Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:

    Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):

    collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,

    id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —
    B.
    Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.
    (α).
    With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):

    aversus a Musis,

    Cic. Arch. 9, 20:

    aversus a vero,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:

    turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,

    id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:

    Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,

    id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:

    aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,

    Sen. Ep. 50.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aversus mercaturis,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:

    vilicus aversus contubernio,

    Col. 12, 1, 2:

    defensioni aversior,

    Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    aversa deae mens,

    Verg. A. 2, 170:

    aversa voluntas,

    id. ib. 12, 647:

    aversos soliti componere amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    aversus animus,

    Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:

    vultus aversior,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 24:

    aversi animis,

    Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > avorto

  • 17 obsto

    ob-sto, stĭti, ātum (obstaturus, Front. Aquaed. 123; Quint. 2, 11, 1; Stat. Th. 7, 247; gen. plur. obstantum, Sil. 5, 277), 1, v. n., to stand before or against any thing.
    I.
    In gen. (very rare): soli luna obstitit, Enn. ap. Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25 (Ann. v. 167 Vahl.); cf.: montibus obstipis obstantibus, id. ap. Paul. ex Fest. p. 193 Müll. (Ann. v. 407 ib.):

    dominae niveis a vultibus obstas,

    Stat. S. 1, 2, 23; so,

    summis a postibus,

    id. Th. 4, 17:

    obviam,

    to stand in the way, Plaut. Stich. 2, 1, 14.—
    II.
    In partic., to stand against or in the way of a person or thing; to withstand, thwart, hinder, oppose, obstruct (the class. signif. of the word; syn.: obsisto, adversor, officio).—Constr. with dat., absol., with quin, quominus, cur, or ne.
    (α).
    With dat.:

    quae tardis mora noctibus obstet,

    Verg. A. 1, 746:

    alicui,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 6: cur [p. 1245] mihi te offers ac meis commodis officis et obstas? Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 112; cf. id. ib. 2, 6:

    vita cetera eorum huic sceleri obstat,

    their former life stands opposed to this crime, secures them against the suspicion of this crime, Sall. C. 52, 31:

    di omnes quibus obstitit Ilium,

    was an offence to, Verg. A. 6, 64:

    nam sic labentibus (aedibus) obstat vilicus,

    i. e. keeps from falling, Juv. 3, 194; cf. v. 243.—For the dat. in with acc. is found:

    in laudem vetustorum invidia non obstat,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 8, 2.—
    (β).
    Absol.: me obstare, illos obsequi, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 31, 66: restitant, occurrunt, obstant, id. ap. Non. 147, 9 (Sat. v. 5 ib.):

    obstando magis quam pugnando castra tutabantur,

    Liv. 40 25:

    exercitus hostium duo obstant,

    block up the way, Sall. C. 58, 6; Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 15:

    si omnia removentur, quae obstant et impediunt,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19.—
    (γ).
    With quin:

    quibus non humana ulla, neque divina obstant, quin socios amicos trahant, exscindant,

    Sall. H. 4, 61, 17 Dietsch.—
    (δ).
    With quominus:

    quid obstat, quominus sit beatus?

    Cic. N. D. 1, 34, 95:

    ne quid divini humanive obstet, quominus justum piumque de integro ineatur bellum,

    Liv. 9, 8, 6.—
    (ε).
    With cur:

    quid obstat, cur non (verae nuptiae) fiant?

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 76.—
    (ζ).
    With ne:

    Histiaeus Milesius, ne res conficeretur, obstitit,

    Nep. Milt. 3, 5:

    cum ibi quoque religio obstaret, ne non posset nisi ab consule dici dictator,

    Liv. 4, 31, 4:

    ne id, quod placebat, decerneret in tantae nobilitatis viris, ambitio obstabat,

    id. 5, 36, 9.—
    b.
    Impers. pass.:

    nec, si non obstatur, propterea etiam permittitur,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 6, 14:

    indignatur amans Obstari animae,

    Ov. M. 11, 788.—
    c.
    Part. pres. in plur. as subst.: obstantia, ĭum, n.:

    obstantia silvarum amoliri,

    hinderances, obstructions, Tac. A. 1, 50.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > obsto

См. также в других словарях:

  • Hinder — This article is about the band. For a definition of the word hinder , see the Wiktionary entry hinder. Hinder Hinder performing live Background information …   Wikipedia

  • Hinder — Hind Hind, a. [Compar. {Hinder}; superl. {Hindmost}, or {Hindermost}.] [OE. hind, adv., back, AS. hindan behind. See {Hinder}, a.] In the rear; opposed to front; of or pertaining to the part or end which follows or is behind, in opposition to the …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Soviet–German relations before 1941 — German and Soviet troops shaking hands following the invasion of Poland. Soviet–German relations date to the aftermath of the First World War. The Treaty of Brest Litovsk,[1] ending World War I hostilities between Russia and Germany, was signed… …   Wikipedia

  • hormone — hormonal, hormonic /hawr mon ik, moh nik/, adj. /hawr mohn/, n. 1. Biochem. any of various internally secreted compounds, as insulin or thyroxine, formed in endocrine glands, that affect the functions of specifically receptive organs or tissues… …   Universalium

  • Galápagos tortoise — Conservation status …   Wikipedia

  • Joel 2 — 1 Blow ye the trumpet in Zion, and sound an alarm in my holy mountain: let all the inhabitants of the land tremble: for the day of the LORD cometh, for it is nigh at hand; 2 A day of darkness and of gloominess, a day of clouds and of thick… …   The King James version of the Bible

  • Animal colouration — has been a topic of interest and research in biology for well over a century. Colours may be cryptic (functioning as an adaptation allowing the prevention of prey detection; aposematic (functioning as a warning of unprofitability) or may be the… …   Wikipedia

  • Nostratic languages — Nostratic (controversial) Geographic distribution: Europe, Asia except for the southeast, North and Northeast Africa, the Arctic Linguistic classification: Borean (?) …   Wikipedia

  • Vestibule of the ear — Vestibulum and vestibule redirect here. For other uses, see Vestibule (disambiguation). Vestibule of the ear Chain of ossicles and their ligaments, seen from the front in a vertical, transverse section of the tympanum. (Vestibule visible at… …   Wikipedia

  • Aerial Steam Carriage — The Aerial Steam Carriage, also named Ariel, was a flying machine patented in 1842 that was supposed to carry passengers into the air. It was, in practice, incapable of flight since it had insufficient power from its heavy steam engine to fly. A… …   Wikipedia

  • Limax maximus — Great grey slug Limax maximus Limax maximus …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»